[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025050413A1 - Positioning method, and terminal, network device and storage medium - Google Patents

Positioning method, and terminal, network device and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025050413A1
WO2025050413A1 PCT/CN2023/117881 CN2023117881W WO2025050413A1 WO 2025050413 A1 WO2025050413 A1 WO 2025050413A1 CN 2023117881 W CN2023117881 W CN 2023117881W WO 2025050413 A1 WO2025050413 A1 WO 2025050413A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
coordinate system
configuration information
reference direction
information
axis
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2023/117881
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
江小威
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2023/117881 priority Critical patent/WO2025050413A1/en
Priority to CN202380011087.XA priority patent/CN117441393A/en
Publication of WO2025050413A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025050413A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a positioning method, a terminal, a network device and a storage medium.
  • the direction information of the terminal relative to another device can be measured.
  • the direction information may include direction information for any reference direction.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure propose a positioning method, a terminal, a network device and a storage medium to solve the technical problem that the direction information obtained in the related art is not suitable for actual usage requirements.
  • a positioning method is proposed, which is performed by a first device.
  • the method includes: receiving first configuration information sent by a second device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.
  • a positioning method is proposed, which is executed by a second device.
  • the method includes: first configuration information is sent to a first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.
  • a positioning device comprising:
  • a transceiver module used to receive first configuration information sent by a second device
  • a processing module is used to determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is used by the positioning device to determine direction information.
  • a positioning device comprising:
  • a processing module configured to determine first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by a first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information;
  • a transceiver module is used to send the first configuration information to the first device.
  • a terminal comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in the first aspect or the positioning method described in the second aspect.
  • a network device comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in the second aspect above.
  • a communication system comprising a first device and a second device, wherein the first device is configured to implement the positioning method according to the first aspect, and the second device is configured to implement Now the positioning method described in the second aspect.
  • a storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the positioning method described in the first aspect or the second aspect above.
  • the first device may determine the first reference direction according to the received first configuration information, and then perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction, for example, direction information may be determined based on the first reference direction. Accordingly, the first reference direction based on which the first terminal determines the direction information may be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 is an interactive schematic diagram showing a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG3A is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram showing a local coordinate system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram showing a conversion from a global coordinate system to a local coordinate system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG5 is a schematic block diagram showing a device structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG6 is a schematic block diagram showing the device structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a positioning method, a terminal, a network device, and a storage medium.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a positioning method, which is performed by a first device, and the method includes: receiving first configuration information sent by a second device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.
  • the first device can determine the first reference direction according to the received first configuration information, and then perform the positioning operation based on the first reference direction, for example, the direction information can be determined based on the first reference direction. Accordingly, the first reference direction based on which the first terminal determines the direction information can be flexibly configured to make it suitable for different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.
  • the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol SLPP message.
  • the SLPP message includes an SLPP location Request message.
  • the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link arrival angle SL-AOA location information request IE.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system includes at least one of the following: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.
  • the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.
  • the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; Zenith direction.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second coordinate axis includes at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of the following: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.
  • the first configuration information is further used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system includes a static local coordinate system.
  • the method further includes: sending second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system
  • the second configuration information is also used to indicate conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system.
  • sending the second configuration information to the second device includes: determining at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, sending to the second device Second configuration information.
  • the method further includes: sending the direction information determined according to the first reference direction to the second device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a positioning method, which is executed by a second device, and the method includes: first configuration information sent to a first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.
  • the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol SLPP message.
  • the SLPP message includes a SLPP location request message.
  • the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link arrival angle SL-AOA location information request IE.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system includes at least one of the following: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.
  • the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.
  • the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second coordinate axis includes at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of the following: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.
  • the first configuration information is further used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system includes a static local coordinate system.
  • the method further includes: receiving second configuration information from the first device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system
  • the second configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system.
  • receiving second configuration information from the first device includes: determining at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and receiving second configuration information from the first device.
  • the method further includes: receiving the direction information determined according to the first reference direction from the first device.
  • a positioning device comprising: a transceiver module for receiving first configuration information sent by a second device; a processing module for determining a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, wherein the first reference direction is used by the positioning device to determine direction information.
  • a positioning device which includes: a processing module for determining first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by a first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information; and a transceiver module for sending the first configuration information to the first device.
  • a terminal comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing executable instructions, wherein the executable instructions, when executed by the processor, enable the network device to execute the positioning method described in the first and second aspects and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.
  • a network device comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing executable instructions, wherein the executable instructions, when executed by the processor, enable the network device to execute the positioning method described in the second aspect and the optional embodiment of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication device, wherein the communication device includes: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor calls the executable instructions so that the communication device performs the positioning method described in the first aspect and the second aspect, and the optional embodiments of the first aspect and the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication system, the communication system comprising: a first device and a second device; wherein the first device is configured to execute the method described in the first aspect and the optional embodiment of the first aspect, and the second device is configured to execute the method described in the second aspect and the optional embodiment of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions.
  • the instructions When the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the method described in the first and second aspects, and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a program product.
  • the communication device executes the method described in the first and second aspects and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method as described in the first and second aspects, and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure propose positioning methods, terminals, network devices, and storage media.
  • the terms such as information sending method, information receiving method, information processing method, and communication method can be replaced with each other, the terms such as terminal, network device, information processing device, and communication device can be replaced with each other, and the terms such as information processing system and communication system can be replaced with each other.
  • each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined.
  • a solution after removing some steps in a certain embodiment can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged.
  • the optional embodiments in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, for example, some or all steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional embodiments of other embodiments.
  • plurality refers to two or more.
  • "at least one of A and B", “A and/or B", “A in one case, B in another case”, “in response to one case A, in response to another case B”, etc. may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed); in some embodiments, A and B (both A and B are executed). When there are more branches such as A, B, C, etc., the above is also similar.
  • the recording method of "A or B” may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed).
  • A A is executed independently of B
  • B B is executed independently of A
  • execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed).
  • prefixes such as “first” and “second” in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only for distinguishing different description objects and do not constitute any restrictions on the position, order, priority, quantity or content of the description objects.
  • description objects please refer to the description in the context of the claims or embodiments, and no unnecessary restrictions should be constituted due to the use of prefixes.
  • the object to be described is a "field”
  • the ordinal number before the “field” in “the first field” and “the second field” does not limit the position or order of the "fields”
  • “first” and “second” do not limit the "fields” they modify.
  • the "first field” and “second field” are in the same message, nor does it limit the order of the "first field” and the “second field”.
  • the description object is "level”
  • the ordinal number before the "level” in the "first level” and the "second level” does not limit the priority between the "levels”.
  • the number of description objects is not limited by the ordinal number, and can be one or more.
  • the number of “devices” can be one or more.
  • the objects modified by different prefixes can be the same or different.
  • the description object is "device”
  • the “first device” and the “second device” can be the same device or different devices, and their types can be the same or different; for another example, if the description object is "information”, the “first information” and the “second information” can be the same information or different information, and their contents can be the same or different.
  • “including A”, “comprising A”, “used to indicate A”, and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.
  • terms such as “greater than”, “greater than or equal to”, “not less than”, “more than”, “more than or equal to”, “not less than”, “higher than”, “higher than or equal to”, “not lower than”, and “above” can be replaced with each other, and terms such as “less than”, “less than or equal to”, “not greater than”, “less than”, “less than or equal to”, “no more than”, “lower than”, “lower than or equal to”, “not higher than”, and “below” can be replaced with each other.
  • devices and the like can be interpreted as physical or virtual, and their names are not limited to those in the embodiments.
  • network may be interpreted as devices included in the network (eg, access network equipment, core network equipment, etc.).
  • terminal In some embodiments, the terms "terminal”, “terminal device”, “user equipment (UE)”, “user terminal””mobile station (MS)”, “mobile terminal (MT)", subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client and the like can be used interchangeably.
  • the access network device, the core network device, or the network device can be replaced by a terminal.
  • the various embodiments of the present disclosure can also be applied to a structure in which the communication between the access network device, the core network device, or the network device and the terminal is replaced by the communication between multiple terminals (for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), etc.).
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • it can also be set as a structure in which the terminal has all or part of the functions of the access network device.
  • terms such as "uplink” and “downlink” can also be replaced by terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "side”).
  • uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. can be replaced by side channels
  • uplinks, downlinks, etc. can be replaced by side links.
  • the terminal may be replaced by an access network device, a core network device, or a network device.
  • the access network device, the core network device, or the network device may also be configured to have a structure that has all or part of the functions of the terminal.
  • the acquisition of data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.
  • data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.
  • each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, or any columns may also be implemented as an independent embodiment.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the communication system 100 includes a first device 101 and a second device 102, wherein the first device 101 may be a terminal, and the second device 102 may be another terminal or network device other than the first device.
  • the other terminal may include a target terminal (Target UE), an anchor terminal (anchor UE) or a server terminal (Server UE), etc.;
  • the network device may include at least one of the following: an access network device, a core network device, etc.
  • the terminal includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control (industrial control), a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid (smart grid), a wireless terminal device in transportation safety (transportation safety), a wireless terminal device in a smart city (smart city), and at least one of a wireless terminal device in a smart home (smart home), but is not limited to these.
  • a mobile phone a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device
  • the access network device is, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network.
  • the access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • ng-eNB next generation evolved Node B
  • gNB next generation Node B
  • NB node
  • the core network device may be a device including one or more network elements, or may be multiple devices or device groups, each including all or part of the one or more network elements.
  • the network element may be virtual or physical.
  • the core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC).
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • 5GCN 5G Core Network
  • NTC Next Generation Core
  • the core network device may include a location management function (LMF). Function, LMF).
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture.
  • the interfaces between access network devices or within access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.
  • the access network device may be composed of a centralized unit (central unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), wherein the CU may also be called a control unit (control unit).
  • the CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layer of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layer being centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all of the functions of the protocol layer being distributed in the DU, and the DU being centrally controlled by the CU, but not limited to this.
  • the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a person skilled in the art can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG1 , or part of the subject, but are not limited thereto.
  • the subjects shown in FIG1 are examples, and the communication system may include all or part of the subjects in FIG1 , or may include other subjects other than FIG1 , and the number and form of the subjects are arbitrary, and the subjects may be physical or virtual, and the connection relationship between the subjects is an example, and the subjects may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, and may be a direct connection or an indirect connection, and may be a wired connection or a wireless connection.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-B LTE-Beyond
  • SUPER 3G IMT-Advanced
  • 4G the fourth generation mobile communication system
  • 5G 5G new radio
  • FAA Future Radio Access
  • RAT New Radio
  • NR New Radio
  • NX New radio access
  • the present invention relates to wireless communication systems such as LTE, Wi-Fi (X), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.20, Ultra-WideBand (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) network, Device to Device (D2D) system, Machine to Machine (M2M) system, Internet of Things (IoT) system, Vehicle to Everything (V2X), systems using other communication methods, and next-generation systems expanded based on them.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • V2X Vehicle to Everything
  • systems using other communication methods and next-generation systems expanded based on them.
  • next-generation systems expanded based on them.
  • a combination of multiple systems for example, a combination of
  • FIG. 2 is an interactive schematic diagram showing a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the positioning method includes:
  • Step S201 The second device sends first information to the first device.
  • the second device may send first information to the first device, and the first information may include first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.
  • the second device sends a Sidelink Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message to the first device, and the first configuration information is included in the Sidelink Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message.
  • SLPP Sidelink Positioning Protocol
  • the SLPP message comprises a SLPP Location Request message.
  • the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: a common location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link angle of arrival SL-AOA location information request IE.
  • the second device sends the first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a reference coordinate system, so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system.
  • the second device sends the first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a reference coordinate system and a reference direction, so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system and the reference direction.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, wherein the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information may include: a global coordinate system and/or a local coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, wherein the first configuration information indicates a reference coordinate system, and the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of the following: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.
  • the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.
  • the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second coordinate axis includes at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, and the first configuration information is also used to indicate a conversion parameter of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, where the local coordinate system includes a static local coordinate system and/or a dynamic local coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction.
  • the first configuration uses the first reference direction to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result may include direction information determined by the first reference direction.
  • Step S201 The first device sends second information to the second device.
  • the first device may send second information to the second device, and the second information may include Including second configuration information and/or direction information.
  • the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.
  • the second reference direction is the first reference direction.
  • the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, where the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, the second configuration information being used to indicate a second reference direction and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction including a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information being further used to indicate conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to a global coordinate system.
  • the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, where the second configuration information is used to indicate a second reference direction and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, where the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system and/or a static local coordinate system.
  • the first device determines at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and the first device sends the second configuration information to the second device.
  • the first device performs a positioning operation using the determined first reference direction and/or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction, and the obtained positioning result includes direction information determined by the first reference direction.
  • the first device sends the direction information determined according to the first reference direction to the second device.
  • the first device uses the determined first reference direction and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined by the first reference direction.
  • the first device sends the direction information determined according to the first reference direction and second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information includes the second reference direction actually used by the second device to determine the direction information when the first device determines the direction information and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the second reference direction is the first reference direction
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction is the reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction.
  • the communication method involved in the embodiment of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S201 to 202.
  • step S201 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S201+S202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, but is not limited thereto.
  • steps S201 and S202 may be performed in an interchangeable order or simultaneously.
  • step S201 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments.
  • step S202 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments.
  • positioning the terminal may include absolute positioning and relative positioning, as well as ranging.
  • absolute positioning is to determine the absolute coordinates of the terminal; relative positioning is to determine the coordinates of the terminal relative to a reference point; and ranging is to determine the distance and/or direction information of the terminal relative to a reference point.
  • Ranging usually requires measurement between two terminals involved, while absolute positioning and relative positioning may involve multiple terminals to participate in positioning.
  • the terminal can determine the specific position of the terminal relative to the road side unit (RSU) by measuring the positioning signals sent by multiple (greater than or equal to 3) other terminals, such as the road side unit (RSU).
  • RSU road side unit
  • other positioning methods can also include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA), multiple round-trip time (RTT), angle of arrival (AOA)/angle of departure (AOD), carrier phase positioning, etc.
  • the positioning result is an absolute position coordinate converted based on absolute position information such as the Global Positioning System (GPS), then the positioning result is an absolute positioning result; otherwise, the positioning result is a relative positioning result.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • the located terminal may be referred to as a target terminal (target UE), and other terminals that support positioning of the target UE may be referred to as anchor terminals (anchor UE).
  • target UE target terminal
  • anchor UE anchor terminals
  • the two terminals can be each other's anchor UE.
  • anchor UEs there are different types of anchor UEs.
  • the anchor UE of the RSU mentioned above belongs to an infrastructure.
  • This type of terminal can provide positioning services by collaborating with terminals of other infrastructure equipment, such as other RSUs.
  • an ordinary mobile terminal can also serve as an anchor UE, but it is difficult for it to assist in providing positioning services with other terminals.
  • some anchor UEs have location information such as GPS, which can assist other UEs in absolute positioning. Some other anchor UEs may not have location information such as GPS.
  • Uu interface is the abbreviation of the interface between the terminal and the network device, and can also be called an air interface.
  • the positioning message exchanged between the two terminals can be a side link positioning message based on the Sidelink Positioning Protocol (SLPP), and the positioning message exchanged between the terminal and the network device (such as the Location Management Function (LMF)) can also be an SLPP message; for Uu interface positioning, the positioning message exchanged between the terminal and LMF is a Long-Term Evolution Positioning Protocol (LPP) message.
  • SLPP Sidelink Positioning Protocol
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • the side link may also be referred to as a side link, a secondary link, or a side link.
  • the positioning result obtained after positioning the terminal may include direction information relative to another device, and the direction information may include direction information for a reference direction.
  • direction information may include direction information for a reference direction.
  • it is necessary to use direction information to determine whether the terminal is pointing to another terminal such as determining whether the remote control is pointing to a certain display.
  • the application hopes to be able to measure the direction information based on the local coordinate system, using the radial direction of the terminal as the reference direction, so as to facilitate the application to use the measured direction information to perform subsequent judgment processes. How to make the measured direction information applicable to actual usage needs has become a technical problem that needs to be solved.
  • FIG3A is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the positioning method shown in this embodiment can be performed by a first device.
  • the first device can be a terminal, which may also be referred to as a first terminal in the following embodiments for simplicity.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • step S301 first configuration information sent by a second device is received, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine a direction information. interest.
  • the first device receives first configuration information related to a reference direction, and may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, wherein the first reference direction is a reference direction based on which the first device is positioned. For example, in a further embodiment, the first device may perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction, and report the obtained positioning result, and the positioning result may include direction information relative to the first reference direction.
  • the first device may receive the first configuration information from the second device, and the second device may be a network device or a second terminal other than the first device.
  • the network device may refer to an access network device or a core network device, such as an LMF.
  • the second terminal may be a Target UE, an anchor UE, or a server UE.
  • the first reference direction determined by the first device may be a reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be selected and determined from a plurality of candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be a reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs.
  • the first configuration information received by the first terminal T1 from the LMF may include multiple sets of first configuration information. Taking three sets of first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 as examples, the first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 are used to indicate candidate reference directions A1, A2, and A3, respectively. If the first terminal T1 selects to use the first configuration information M1 corresponding to the reference direction A1 from the three sets of first configuration information, that is, the first terminal T1 determines the reference direction A1 as the first reference direction, then the first terminal T1 can use the first configuration information M1 to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result includes direction information determined based on the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 may receive first configuration information M1 from the second terminal T2, the first configuration information M1 being used to indicate the reference direction A1, and the first terminal T1 may further determine whether the first configuration information M1 is applicable. If the first terminal determines that the first configuration information M1 is not applicable, the first terminal T1 may not determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1, but may determine the reference direction A2 as the first reference direction. The first terminal T1 may perform a positioning operation based on the reference direction A2, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined based on the reference direction A2.
  • the first device may use a default reference direction as the first reference direction.
  • the default reference direction may be a reference direction based on which the terminal determines the direction information when the first configuration information is not received, or may be a reference direction based on which the first device last performed a positioning operation.
  • the first device may report the positioning result to the second device that sends the first configuration information, or may report it to other devices.
  • the first device may report the positioning result to the LMF.
  • the direction information may be an angle value relative to the first reference direction, or an angle value measured relative to the first reference direction on a reference plane where the first reference direction is located, for example, an azimuth on a horizontal plane or an elevation on a vertical plane. If the geographic north (North) is used as the first reference direction on the horizontal plane, the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the azimuth measured after rotating Azimuth relative to the geographic north on the horizontal plane clockwise or counterclockwise.
  • the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the elevation obtained after rotating clockwise or counterclockwise relative to Zenith on the vertical plane.
  • FIG. 3A may be implemented independently or in combination with at least one other embodiment in the present disclosure.
  • the specific implementation may be selected as needed and the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • the first device can determine the first reference direction according to the received first configuration information, and then perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction, for example, determining direction information based on the first reference direction. Accordingly, the first reference direction based on which the first terminal determines the direction information can be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.
  • the positioning operation performed by the first device may adopt side link positioning or Uu interface positioning, wherein, for side link positioning, the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device may be included in a side link positioning protocol SLPP message; for Uu interface positioning, the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device may be included in an LPP message, or may also be included in a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message.
  • SLPP side link positioning protocol
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the first terminal T1 may receive an SLPP message from the second terminal T2, where the SLPP message carries first configuration information.
  • the first terminal T1 may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information to determine the reference direction when performing a positioning operation.
  • the SLPP message received by the first device from the second device may be any of the SLPP messages that the first device interacts with the second device during the process of performing the positioning operation.
  • the first device may receive a SLPP location request message from the second device, and the SLPP location request message includes the first configuration information.
  • the SLPP location request message is used to indicate that the second device requests to obtain the location information of the first device.
  • the SLPP location request message may include multiple information elements (IEs), and the first configuration information may be carried by at least one designated information element in the SLPP location request message.
  • the first configuration information may be included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a sidelink multiple round-trip time (SL-RTT) location information request IE; or a sidelink angle of arrival (SL-AOA) location information request IE.
  • a public location information request IE a sidelink multiple round-trip time (SL-RTT) location information request IE
  • SL-AOA sidelink angle of arrival
  • the first configuration information may be carried by an information element corresponding to the applicable positioning method based on the positioning method to which the first configuration information is applicable. For example, if the first configuration information M1 is carried by the SL-RTT location information request IE, it indicates that the first configuration information M1 is applicable to the SL-RTT positioning method. If the first configuration information M2 is carried by the SL-AOA location information request IE, it indicates that the first configuration information M2 is applicable to the SL-AOA positioning method. If the first configuration information M3 is carried by the public location information request IE, it indicates that the first configuration information M3 can be applicable to any positioning method.
  • a first device receives an SLPP location request message sent by a second device, wherein a first information element of the SLPP location request message carries first configuration information.
  • the first device may extract the first configuration information from the SLPP location request message, and determine a first positioning method applicable to the first configuration information based on the first information element carrying the first configuration information.
  • the first device may determine whether to use the first configuration information based on the positioning method actually used. If the first device uses the first positioning method to perform a positioning operation, a first reference direction may be determined based on the first configuration information, and the direction information may be determined using the first reference direction.
  • the first device receives an SLPP location request message sent by the second device, and multiple information elements of the SLPP location request message may carry multiple sets of first configuration information.
  • the first device may perform a positioning operation based on the positioning method actually used, using the first configuration information corresponding to the positioning method actually used, to determine a first reference direction, and use the first reference direction to determine direction information.
  • the first terminal T1 receives the SLPP location request message sent by the second terminal T2, the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3.
  • the first configuration information M1 can be used to determine the first A reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-AOA positioning method to perform positioning operations, the first configuration information M2 can be used to determine the first reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses other SL-TDOA positioning methods to perform positioning operations, the first configuration information M3 can be used to determine the first reference direction.
  • the first configuration information may be included in the SLPP message sent by the second device, so that during the process of the first device performing side link positioning, the first reference direction can be flexibly configured to make it suitable for different application scenarios, thereby facilitating obtaining more accurate direction information and facilitating the use of direction information by various applications.
  • the first configuration information may be used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.
  • the first device may receive first configuration information from the second device, the first configuration information being used to indicate a reference coordinate system.
  • the first device may determine a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system, so as to determine direction information based on the first reference direction when performing a positioning operation.
  • the reference coordinate system may include at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.
  • the first device may maintain default reference directions corresponding to various reference coordinate systems.
  • the first device receives first configuration information from the second device, the first configuration information being used to indicate a reference coordinate system, and if the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may use the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction, so as to determine direction information based on the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system when performing a positioning operation.
  • the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system may be a direction of at least one coordinate axis of the reference coordinate system.
  • the first device receives first configuration information from the second device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, and the first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.
  • the first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system may include at least one of the following: geographic North; geographic South; geographic West; geographic East; magnetic North; magnetic South; magnetic West; magnetic East; and zenith direction.
  • the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, the first terminal may use geographic north as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.
  • the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device can be used to indicate a local coordinate system. Since the local coordinate system can be constructed based on a reference point and/or a coordinate axis, the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device can be used to indicate a reference point and/or a coordinate axis used to establish the local coordinate system.
  • the reference point used to construct the local coordinate system may be a reference point in the first device, for example, the center point of the first device; or, may be a reference point outside the first device, for example, the center point of the second device.
  • the coordinate axes used to construct the local coordinate system may include at least one of the following: a radial axis of the first device, a lateral axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device; or a specified x-axis, y-axis, or z-axis.
  • the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device may be coordinate axes determined based on the shape or usage of the first device.
  • the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, and the first configuration information indicates that a local coordinate system is established with the center point O of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, and with the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1, the horizontal axis a2 of the first terminal T1 and the vertical axis a3 of the first terminal T1 as coordinate axes.
  • the first device receives first configuration information from the second device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, and the first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system may include at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, and the local coordinate system is constructed based on the center point of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, the first terminal T1 can use the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation.
  • a first device receives first configuration information from a second device, and the first configuration information may be used to indicate a reference direction, and the first device may determine a first reference direction based on the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the first reference direction may be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information or may not be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information may be used as the first reference direction, or the first reference direction may be determined by selecting from a plurality of candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs may be used as the first reference direction.
  • the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information may be a first coordinate axis in a global coordinate system and/or a second coordinate axis in a local coordinate system.
  • the first coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction.
  • the second coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • a first device receives first configuration information from a second device, where the first configuration information can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system and a reference direction under the reference coordinate system, and the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the reference direction under the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information M1 from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate a global coordinate system, as well as geographic north, geographic south, and geomagnetic north as reference directions.
  • the first terminal T1 can select geographic north as the first reference direction from multiple reference directions indicated by the first configuration information M1 to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.
  • the first terminal T1 receives a SLPP location request message from the second terminal T2, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3.
  • the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction;
  • the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the reference direction geographic north without indicating the reference coordinate system;
  • the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the local coordinate system, and the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1.
  • the first configuration information M1 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the default reference direction geomagnetic north corresponding to the global coordinate system;
  • the first configuration information M2 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the geographic north indicated by the first configuration information M2;
  • the first configuration information M3 can be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is a radial axis of the first terminal T1 on the local coordinate system.
  • the first configuration information received by the first device can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction, and the first device can determine the first reference direction in a variety of ways according to the different contents indicated by the first configuration information. Accordingly, the first reference direction corresponding to the first terminal can be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios and different reference coordinate systems, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.
  • the reference direction may include a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first reference direction may include a first reference direction of a horizontal plane and/or a first reference direction of a vertical plane. Accordingly, the direction information determined based on the first reference direction may also include direction information of a horizontal plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or direction information of a vertical plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the horizontal plane and the vertical plane can be an absolute plane or a relative plane.
  • the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be absolute planes.
  • the reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; and the reference direction of the vertical plane may include the zenith direction.
  • the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be relative planes.
  • the reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: the radial axis of the first device; the transverse axis of the first device; the x-axis of the local coordinate system; or the y-axis of the local coordinate system; the reference direction of the vertical plane may include at least one of the following: the vertical axis of the first device, or the z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the first device receives first configuration information of the second device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first device can determine the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or the first reference direction of the vertical plane based on the first configuration information, so as to determine the direction information of the horizontal plane based on the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or determine the direction information of the vertical plane based on the first reference direction of the vertical plane when performing a positioning operation.
  • the first device may adopt the default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and/or the default vertical plane reference direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the first device may adopt the horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and the default vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the first device may adopt the vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the vertical plane, and the default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane.
  • the first terminal T1 receives the first configuration information M1 of the second terminal T2, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate that the horizontal plane reference direction is the geographic north, but does not indicate the vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first terminal T1 can use the geographic north as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and use the default vertical plane reference direction zenith direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the local coordinate system may be a static local coordinate system, which may be a local coordinate system that does not change with the movement of the first device.
  • a local coordinate system constructed with a reference point outside the first device, a specified x-axis, a y-axis, and a z-axis, if the reference point and the specified x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis do not change within a certain period of time, then the local coordinate system may be considered a static local coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system may be a dynamic local coordinate system
  • the dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device.
  • a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device because the local coordinate system constructed based on the reference point in the first device, the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device changes with the movement of the first device, then the local coordinate system may be considered to be a dynamic coordinate system.
  • the first terminal T1 receives a SLPP location request message from the second terminal T2, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3.
  • the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction;
  • the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the static local coordinate system, and indicates that the x-axis of the static local coordinate system is the reference direction;
  • the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the dynamic local coordinate system, and indicates that the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1.
  • the first terminal uses the SL-AOA positioning method, it can use the static local coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information and the x-axis of the static local coordinate system to perform positioning operations, so as to determine the direction information based on the x-axis of the static local coordinate system.
  • a first device receives first configuration information from a second device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system.
  • the first configuration information can also be used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system. Since the global coordinate system is an absolute coordinate system, the first device can determine relevant parameters of the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information M1 from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate a local coordinate system and conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system: bearing angle ⁇ , downtilt angle ⁇ , slant angle ⁇ .
  • the first terminal T1 can determine the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters.
  • the coordinate axis is first rotated by an angle of ⁇ around the coordinate axis z0 to form a coordinate system constructed by (x1, y1, z1), and then rotated by an angle of ⁇ around the coordinate axis y1 to form a coordinate system constructed by (x2, y2, z2), and finally rotated by an angle of ⁇ around the coordinate axis x2 to form a local coordinate system constructed by (x3, y3, z3).
  • the first terminal T1 can use the radial axis of the first terminal T1, which is the default reference angle of the local coordinate system, as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction when the first device performs a positioning operation.
  • the first device by indicating the conversion parameters between the local coordinate system and the global coordinate system in the first configuration information, it is convenient for the first device to accurately obtain the local coordinate system through the conversion of the coordinate system.
  • the first device performs a positioning operation to obtain a positioning result, which may include direction information.
  • the first device may report the positioning result including the direction information, and may report the positioning result to a second device that sends the first configuration information, such as a second terminal or a network device LMF, or may send the positioning result to other designated devices, such as a network device LMF.
  • the first device when reporting positioning information, may also report second configuration information at the same time, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.
  • the first device receives first configuration information, and the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information.
  • the first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction.
  • the first device reports a positioning result including direction information, and simultaneously reports second configuration information, wherein the second configuration information includes a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information, that is, the first reference direction.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may be a reference coordinate system actually used by the first device when determining the direction information.
  • the first device receives first configuration information, the first device determines a first reference direction and a first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and the first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference coordinate system and the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction.
  • the first device reports a positioning result including direction information and reports second configuration information at the same time, the second configuration information includes a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information, and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, that is, the first reference direction and the first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction.
  • the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, and the first configuration information is used to determine that the first reference direction used by the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation is the reference direction A1, and the coordinate system S1 corresponding to the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 can obtain a positioning result after performing a positioning operation using the coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1, and the positioning result may include direction information based on the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 sends the obtained positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2, and at the same time sends second configuration information to the second terminal T2, and the second configuration information may be used to indicate the reference direction A1 and/or the coordinate system S1.
  • the direction information and the second configuration information reported by the first device may be carried by the same message or by different messages.
  • the first device after performing the positioning operation, can report the obtained direction information, and can also report the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation, and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction. Accordingly, the device that obtains the direction information can accurately understand the direction information and use the direction information reasonably.
  • the first device reports the second configuration information only when the content indicated by the second configuration information is different from that indicated by the first configuration information, that is, the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one of the following conditions is met: the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference coordinate system actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 determines that the reference direction A1 is not applicable based on the first configuration information, and the first terminal T1 performs a positioning operation using the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2, and determines the direction information based on the reference direction A2.
  • the first terminal T1 sends the positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2, and simultaneously sends second configuration information to the second terminal T2, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference direction A2.
  • the reference coordinate system indicated by the second configuration information reported by the first device may include a global coordinate system or a local coordinate system.
  • the content and method of the second configuration information reported by the first device can be the same as the above
  • the content and manner of the first configuration information received in the embodiment may be the same or different, and the repeated parts will not be repeated here.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction when the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction is a local coordinate system, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may include a static local coordinate system and a dynamic local coordinate system.
  • the dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device.
  • the first device when the first device performs a positioning operation and reports a positioning result including direction information, if it is determined that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction actually used by the first device is a dynamic local coordinate system, the first device reports second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the second reference direction and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the first device after the first device performs a positioning operation, it can report the obtained positioning results and report second configuration information. If the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction indicated by the second configuration information includes a local coordinate system, then the second configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the first device indicates the conversion parameter in the second configuration information only when the conversion parameter can be reported.
  • the first terminal T1 receives the first configuration information of the second terminal T2, and the first terminal T1 actually performs a positioning operation based on the reference direction A1 and the reference coordinate system S1 to determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 sends the obtained positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2.
  • the reference coordinate system S1 is a local coordinate system and the first terminal T1 can determine the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system
  • the first terminal T1 can also send the second configuration information to the second terminal T2, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system.
  • the first device may determine at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and send the second configuration information to the second device.
  • the information indicated by the second configuration information may include at least one of the following: a second reference direction; a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction; or a conversion parameter between a local coordinate system and a global coordinate system.
  • the first device may report the second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of information in the second configuration information is different from at least one item of information indicated by the received first configuration information.
  • the first device may report new second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of information in the second configuration information has changed compared with at least one item of information in the previously reported second configuration information, which may include a new second reference direction, a new reference coordinate system, or at least one of the conversion parameters between the new local coordinate system and the global coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1 are used, and the direction information is determined based on the reference direction A1; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1.
  • the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2 are used, and the direction information is determined based on the reference direction A2; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the changed reference direction A2.
  • the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one content indicated by the second configuration information changes, thereby saving communication resources and energy consumption and improving communication efficiency.
  • FIG4 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the positioning method shown in this embodiment can be executed by a second device, wherein the second device can be a second terminal other than the first device, or a network device, the second terminal can be a Target UE, an anchor UE or a service terminal (Server UE), and the network device can be an access network device or a core network device, for example, an LMF.
  • the second device can be a second terminal other than the first device, or a network device
  • the second terminal can be a Target UE, an anchor UE or a service terminal (Server UE)
  • the network device can be an access network device or a core network device, for example, an LMF.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • step S401 first configuration information is sent to a first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.
  • the second device may send first configuration information to the first device so that the first device may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is a reference direction based on which the first device is positioned.
  • the first device may perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction.
  • the second device may receive a positioning result from the first device, where the positioning result may include direction information relative to the first reference direction.
  • the first reference direction determined by the first device may be a reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be selected and determined from a plurality of candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be a reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs.
  • the first configuration information sent by the LMF to the first terminal T1 may include multiple sets of first configuration information. Taking three sets of first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 as examples, the first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 are used to indicate candidate reference directions A1, A2, and A3, respectively. If the first terminal T1 selects to use the first configuration information M1 corresponding to the reference direction A1 from the three sets of first configuration information, that is, the first terminal T1 determines the reference direction A1 as the first reference direction, then the first terminal T1 can use the first configuration information M1 to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined by the reference direction A1.
  • the second terminal T2 may send the first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the reference direction A1, so that the first terminal T1 may further determine whether the first configuration information M1 is applicable. If the first terminal determines that the first configuration information M1 is not applicable, the first terminal T1 may not determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1, but may determine the reference direction A2 as the first reference direction. The first terminal T1 may perform a positioning operation based on the reference direction A2, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined based on the reference direction A2.
  • the first device may use a default reference direction as the first reference direction.
  • the default reference direction may be a reference direction based on the first configuration information not received and saved by the terminal, or may be a reference direction based on the last positioning operation performed by the first device.
  • the second device may receive the positioning result from the first device.
  • the direction information may be an angle value relative to the first reference direction, or an angle value measured relative to the first reference direction on a reference plane where the first reference direction is located, for example, an azimuth on a horizontal plane or an elevation on a vertical plane. If the geographic north (North) is used as the first reference direction on the horizontal plane, the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the azimuth measured after rotating Azimuth relative to the geographic north on the horizontal plane clockwise or counterclockwise.
  • the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the elevation obtained after rotating clockwise or counterclockwise relative to Zenith on the vertical plane.
  • FIG. 4 can be implemented independently or in combination with at least one other embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiments may be combined for implementation and may be selected as needed, and the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • the positioning operation performed by the first device may adopt side link positioning or Uu interface positioning, wherein, for side link positioning, the first configuration information sent by the second device to the first device may be included in a side link positioning protocol SLPP message; for Uu interface positioning, the first configuration information sent by the second device to the first device may be included in an LPP message, or may also be included in a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message.
  • SLPP side link positioning protocol
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the second terminal T2 may send a SLPP message to the second terminal T1, where the SLPP message carries first configuration information, and the first terminal T1 may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information for determining a reference direction when performing a positioning operation.
  • the SLPP message sent by the second device to the first device can be any of the SLPP messages exchanged between the second device and the first device during the process of the first device performing a positioning operation.
  • the second device can request the location information of the first device by sending a SLPP location request message to the first device, and the SLPP location request message includes the first configuration information.
  • the SLPP location request message may include multiple information elements (IEs), and the first configuration information may be carried by at least one designated information element in the SLPP location request message.
  • the first configuration information may be included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a sidelink multiple round-trip time (SL-RTT) location information request IE; or a sidelink angle of arrival (SL-AOA) location information request IE.
  • a public location information request IE a sidelink multiple round-trip time (SL-RTT) location information request IE
  • SL-AOA sidelink angle of arrival
  • the second device may carry the corresponding first configuration information based on the positioning method to which the first configuration information is applicable, by an information element corresponding to the applicable positioning method. For example, if the first configuration information M1 is applicable to the SL-RTT positioning method, the first configuration information M1 may be carried by the SL-RTT location information request IE. If the first configuration information M2 is applicable to the SL-AOA positioning method, the first configuration information M2 may be carried by the SL-AOA location information request IE. If the first configuration information M3 can be applicable to any positioning method, the first configuration information M3 may be carried by the public location information request IE.
  • the second device may determine the first configuration information based on the positioning method used by the first device, and may carry the first configuration information in an information element corresponding to the positioning method used in the SLPP location request message based on the positioning method used.
  • the first configuration information M1 adapted to the SL-AOA positioning method can be sent to the first terminal T1.
  • the second terminal T2 can carry the first configuration information M1 through the SL-AOA location information request IE or the public location information request IE in the SLPP location request message.
  • the second device may send a SLPP location request message to the first device, wherein the first information element of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information.
  • the first device may extract the first configuration information from the SLPP location request message, and determine the first positioning method applicable to the first configuration information based on the first information element carrying the first configuration information.
  • the first device may determine whether to use the first configuration information based on the positioning method actually used. If the first device uses the first positioning method to perform a positioning operation, it may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and use the first reference direction to determine the direction information.
  • the second device may send a SLPP location request message to the first device, and multiple information elements of the SLPP location request message may carry multiple sets of first configuration information.
  • the first device may perform a positioning operation based on the positioning method actually used and using the first configuration information corresponding to the positioning method actually used to determine the first reference direction, and use the first reference direction to determine the direction information.
  • the second terminal T2 may send a SLPP location request message to the first terminal T1, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3.
  • the first configuration information M1 may be used to determine the first reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-AOA positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M2 may be used to determine the first reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses other SL-TDOA positioning methods to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M3 may be used to determine the first reference direction.
  • the second device can send an SLPP message carrying first configuration information to the first device, so that the first device can determine the first reference direction.
  • the first reference direction can be flexibly configured to make it suitable for different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information and can also facilitate the use of direction information by various applications.
  • the first configuration information may be used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction.
  • the second device may send first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a reference coordinate system so that the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system, and determine direction information based on the first reference direction when performing a positioning operation.
  • the reference coordinate system may include at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.
  • the second device may agree with the first device or configure the first device with default reference directions corresponding to various reference coordinate systems.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may use the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction, so as to determine direction information based on the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system when performing a positioning operation.
  • the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system may be the direction of a coordinate axis corresponding to the reference coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system so that a first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.
  • the first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system may include at least one of the following: geographic North; geographic South; geographic West; geographic East; magnetic North; magnetic South; magnetic West; magnetic East; and zenith direction.
  • the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, the first terminal may use geographic north as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.
  • the first configuration information sent by the second device to the first device may be used to indicate a local coordinate system. Since the local coordinate system may be constructed based on reference points and/or coordinate axes, the second device may send the first configuration information to the first device. The first configuration information sent by the device may be used to indicate a reference point and/or a coordinate axis for establishing a local coordinate system.
  • the reference point used to construct the local coordinate system may be a reference point in the first device, for example, the center point of the first device; or, may be a reference point outside the first device, for example, the center point of the second device.
  • the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device may be coordinate axes determined based on the shape or usage of the first device.
  • the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, and the first configuration information indicates that a local coordinate system is established with the center point O of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, and with the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1, the horizontal axis a2 of the first terminal T1 and the vertical axis a3 of the first terminal T1 as coordinate axes.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, and the first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system may include at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, and the local coordinate system is constructed based on the center point of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, the first terminal T1 can use the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a reference direction, and the first device can determine the first reference direction based on the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the first reference direction may be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information or may not be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information can be used as the first reference direction, or the first reference direction can be determined by selecting from multiple candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs can be used as the first reference direction.
  • the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information may be a first coordinate axis in a global coordinate system and/or a second coordinate axis in a local coordinate system.
  • the first coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction.
  • the second coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system and a reference direction under the reference coordinate system, so that the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the reference direction under the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system, as well as geographic north, geographic south, and geomagnetic north as reference directions.
  • T1 may select geographic north as the first reference direction from the multiple reference directions indicated by the first configuration information M1, so as to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.
  • the second terminal T2 sends a SLPP location request message to the first terminal T1, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3.
  • the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction;
  • the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the reference direction geographic north without indicating the reference coordinate system;
  • the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the local coordinate system, and the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1.
  • the first configuration information M1 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the default reference direction geomagnetic north corresponding to the global coordinate system;
  • the first configuration information M2 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the geographic north indicated by the first configuration information M2;
  • the first configuration information M3 can be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is a radial axis of the first terminal T1 on the local coordinate system.
  • the first configuration information sent by the second device can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction, so that the first device can determine the first reference direction in a variety of ways according to the different contents indicated by the first configuration information. Accordingly, the first reference direction corresponding to the first terminal can be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios and different reference coordinate systems, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.
  • the reference direction may include a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first reference direction may include a first reference direction of a horizontal plane and/or a first reference direction of a vertical plane. Accordingly, the direction information determined based on the first reference direction may also include direction information of a horizontal plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or direction information of a vertical plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the horizontal plane and the vertical plane can be an absolute plane or a relative plane.
  • the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be absolute planes.
  • the reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; and the reference direction of the vertical plane may include the zenith direction.
  • the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be relative planes.
  • the reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: the radial axis of the first device; the transverse axis of the first device; the x-axis of the local coordinate system; or the y-axis of the local coordinate system; the reference direction of the vertical plane may include at least one of the following: the vertical axis of the first device, or the z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first device can determine the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or the first reference direction of the vertical plane based on the first configuration information, so as to determine the direction information of the horizontal plane based on the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or determine the direction information of the vertical plane based on the first reference direction of the vertical plane when performing a positioning operation.
  • the first device may use a default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system.
  • the first device may use the horizontal plane reference direction as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and/or use the default vertical plane reference direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the first device may use the horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and use the default vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the first device may use the vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the vertical plane, and use the default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane.
  • the second terminal T2 sends the first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate that the horizontal plane reference direction is the geographic north, but does not indicate the vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first terminal T1 can use the geographic north as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and use the default vertical plane reference direction zenith direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.
  • the local coordinate system may be a static local coordinate system, which may be a local coordinate system that does not change with the movement of the first device.
  • a local coordinate system constructed with a reference point outside the first device, a specified x-axis, a y-axis, and a z-axis, if the reference point and the specified x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis do not change within a certain period of time, then the local coordinate system may be considered a static local coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system may be a dynamic local coordinate system
  • the dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device.
  • a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device because the local coordinate system constructed based on the reference point in the first device, the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device changes with the movement of the first device, then the local coordinate system may be considered to be a dynamic coordinate system.
  • the second terminal T2 sends a SLPP location request message to the first terminal T1, and the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3.
  • the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction;
  • the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the static local coordinate system, and indicates that the x-axis of the static local coordinate system is the reference direction;
  • the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the dynamic local coordinate system, and indicates that the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1.
  • the first terminal uses the SL-AOA positioning method, it can use the static local coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information and the x-axis of the static local coordinate system to perform positioning operations to determine the direction information based on the x-axis of the static local coordinate system.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system.
  • the first configuration information can also be used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system. Since the global coordinate system is an absolute coordinate system, the first device can determine relevant parameters of the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the second terminal T2 sends the first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1.
  • the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the local coordinate system and the conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system: bearing angle ⁇ , downtilt angle ⁇ , slant angle ⁇ .
  • the first terminal T1 can determine the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters.
  • the coordinate axis z0 is first rotated by an angle of ⁇ to form a coordinate system constructed by (x1, y1, z1), and then the coordinate axis y1 is rotated by an angle of ⁇ to form a coordinate system constructed by (x2, y2, z2), and finally the coordinate axis x2 is rotated by an angle of ⁇ to form a local coordinate system constructed by (x3, y3, z3).
  • the first terminal T1 can use the default reference angle of the local coordinate system, the radial axis of the first terminal T1, as the first reference direction, to obtain the local coordinate system.
  • direction information is determined based on a first reference direction.
  • the first device by indicating the conversion parameters between the local coordinate system and the global coordinate system in the first configuration information, it is convenient for the first device to accurately obtain the local coordinate system through the conversion of the coordinate system.
  • the second device may receive a positioning result from the first device that will include the direction information.
  • second configuration information when receiving positioning information from the first device, second configuration information may also be received from the first device at the same time, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.
  • the second device and the first device send first configuration information, and the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information.
  • the first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction.
  • the second device receives a positioning result including direction information and second configuration information from the first device, wherein the second configuration information includes a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining the direction information, that is, the first reference direction.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may be a reference coordinate system actually used by the first device when determining the direction information.
  • the second device sends first configuration information to the first device so that the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and a first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction, and the first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference coordinate system and the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction.
  • the second device receives a positioning result including direction information and second configuration information from the first device, the second configuration information including a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information, and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, that is, the first reference direction and the first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction.
  • the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, and the first configuration information is used to determine that the first reference direction used by the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation is the reference direction A1, and the coordinate system S1 corresponding to the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 can obtain a positioning result after performing a positioning operation using the coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1, and the positioning result may include direction information based on the reference direction A1.
  • the second terminal T2 receives the positioning result including the direction information from the first terminal T1, and simultaneously receives second configuration information from the first terminal T1, and the second configuration information may be used to indicate the reference direction A1 and/or the coordinate system S1.
  • the direction information and the second configuration information received by the second device from the first device may be carried by the same message or by different messages.
  • the second device may receive direction information obtained through the positioning operation, as well as the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation, and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction from the first device. Accordingly, the device that obtains the direction information can accurately understand the direction information and use the direction information reasonably.
  • the first device reports the second configuration information only when the content indicated by the second configuration information is different from that indicated by the first configuration information, that is, the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one of the following conditions is met: the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference coordinate system actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1. If the first terminal T1 determines that the reference direction A1 is not applicable based on the first configuration information, the first terminal T1 may use the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2 to perform a positioning operation, and The direction information is determined based on the reference direction A2. The second terminal T2 sends the positioning result including the direction information to the first terminal T1, and simultaneously sends the second configuration information to the second terminal T2, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference direction A2.
  • the reference coordinate system indicated by the second configuration information received by the second device from the first device may include a global coordinate system or a local coordinate system.
  • the content and manner of the second configuration information indicated by the second device received from the first device may be the same as or different from the content and manner of the first configuration information indicated by the first configuration information sent in the above embodiment, and the repeated parts will not be repeated here.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction when the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction is a local coordinate system, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may include a static local coordinate system and a dynamic local coordinate system.
  • the dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device.
  • the first device when the first device performs a positioning operation and reports a positioning result including direction information, if it is determined that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction actually used by the first device is a dynamic local coordinate system, the first device reports second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the second reference direction and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the first device after the first device performs a positioning operation, it can report the obtained positioning results and report second configuration information. If the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction indicated by the second configuration information includes a local coordinate system, then the second configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.
  • the first device indicates the conversion parameter in the second configuration information only when the conversion parameter can be reported.
  • the second terminal T2 sends the first configuration information to the first terminal T1, and the first terminal T1 actually performs a positioning operation based on the reference direction A1 and the reference coordinate system S1 to determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 sends the obtained positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2.
  • the reference coordinate system S1 is a local coordinate system and the first terminal T1 can determine the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system
  • the first terminal T1 can also send the second configuration information to the second terminal T2, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system.
  • the first device may determine at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and send the second configuration information to the second device.
  • the information indicated by the second configuration information may include at least one of the following: a second reference direction; a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction; or a conversion parameter between a local coordinate system and a global coordinate system.
  • the first device may report the second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of information in the second configuration information is different from at least one item of information indicated by the received first configuration information.
  • the first device may report new second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of the second configuration information is changed from at least one item of the second configuration information reported previously.
  • the first terminal T1 when the first terminal T1 performs the last positioning operation, it uses the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1, and determines the direction information based on the reference direction A1; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1.
  • the first terminal T1 performs the current positioning operation, it uses the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2, and determines the direction information based on the reference direction A1.
  • Direction A2 determines direction information; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the changed reference direction A2.
  • the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one content indicated by the second configuration information changes, thereby saving communication resources and energy consumption and improving communication efficiency.
  • the names of information, etc. are not limited to the names recorded in the embodiments, and terms such as “information”, “message”, “signal”, “signaling”, “report”, “configuration”, “indication”, “instruction”, “command”, “channel”, “parameter”, “domain”, “field”, “symbol”, “symbol”, “code element”, “codebook”, “codeword”, “codepoint”, “bit”, “data”, “program”, and “chip” can be used interchangeably.
  • terms such as “moment”, “time point”, “time”, and “time position” can be interchangeable, and terms such as “duration”, “period”, “time window”, “window”, and “time” can be interchangeable.
  • CC component carrier
  • cell cell
  • frequency carrier frequency carrier
  • carrier frequency carrier frequency
  • obtain can be interchangeable, and can be interpreted as receiving from other entities, obtaining from protocols, obtaining from high levels, obtaining by self-processing, autonomous implementation, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure further proposes a terminal, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in the above embodiment.
  • FIG5 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device structure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal may be a positioning device 500 , and the device includes a transceiver module 501 and a processing module 502 .
  • the transceiver module 501 is used to receive first configuration information sent by a second device; the processing module 502 is used to determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and the first reference direction is used by the positioning device to determine direction information.
  • the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message.
  • SLPP Side Link Positioning Protocol
  • the SLPP message comprises a SLPP Location Request message.
  • the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link angle of arrival SL-AOA location information request IE.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system comprises at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.
  • the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the second coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: a radial axis of the positioning device; a lateral axis of the positioning device; a vertical axis of the positioning device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of: a reference point in or outside the positioning device; a radial axis of the positioning device; a lateral axis of the positioning device; or a vertical axis of the positioning device.
  • the first configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system comprises a static local coordinate system.
  • the transceiver module 501 is further used to send second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used when the positioning device determines direction information.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system
  • the second configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to a global coordinate system.
  • the transceiver module 501 is further configured to send the direction information determined according to the first reference direction to the second device.
  • modules included in the terminal are not limited to the modules described in the above embodiments, and may also include other modules, such as a storage module, a display module, etc.
  • FIG6 is a schematic block diagram of a device structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the network device may be a positioning device 600 , which includes a transceiver module 601 and a processing module 602 .
  • the processing module 602 is used to determine first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine a direction Information; the transceiver module 601 is used to send the first configuration information to the first device.
  • the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message.
  • SLPP Side Link Positioning Protocol
  • the SLPP message comprises a SLPP Location Request message.
  • the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link angle of arrival SL-AOA location information request IE.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system comprises at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.
  • the first configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system.
  • the local coordinate system comprises a static local coordinate system.
  • the transceiver module 601 is further used to receive second configuration information from the first device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the positioning apparatus to determine a second reference direction actually used when the first device determines direction information.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system
  • the second configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to a global coordinate system.
  • the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction comprises a dynamic local coordinate system.
  • modules included in the network device are not limited to the modules described in the above embodiments, and may also include other modules, such as a storage module, a display module, etc.
  • the relevant parts refer to the partial description of the method embodiment.
  • the device embodiment described above is only schematic, wherein the modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network modules. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the scheme of this embodiment. Ordinary technicians in this field can understand and implement it without paying creative work.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure also proposes a communication device, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor calls the executable instructions so that the communication device executes the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure further proposes a communication system, including a first device and a second device, wherein the first device is configured to implement the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment, and the second device is configured to implement the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure further proposes a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure also propose a device for implementing any of the above methods, for example, a device is proposed, the above device includes a unit or module for implementing each step performed by the terminal in any of the above methods.
  • a device is also proposed, including a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (such as an access network device, a core network function node, a core network device, etc.) in any of the above methods.
  • a network device such as an access network device, a core network function node, a core network device, etc.
  • the division of the units or modules in the above device is only a division of logical functions, which can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in actual implementation.
  • the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or implement the functions of the units or modules of the above device, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • microprocessor a microprocessor
  • the processor is a circuit with signal processing capability.
  • the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capability, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which may be understood as a microprocessor), or digital signal processor (DSP), etc.; in another implementation, the processor can realize certain functions through the logical relationship of the hardware circuit, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuit is fixed or reconfigurable, such as the processor is a hardware circuit implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD), such as an FPGA.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the process of the processor loading the configuration document and implementing the hardware circuit configuration can be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to realize the functions of some or all of the above units or modules.
  • it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as an ASIC, such as a neural network processing unit (NPU), a tensor processing unit (TPU), a deep learning processing unit (DPU), etc.
  • NPU neural network processing unit
  • TPU tensor processing unit
  • DPU deep learning processing unit
  • the communication device 7100 includes one or more processors 7101.
  • the processor 7101 may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor, for example, a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process the communication protocol and the communication data
  • the central processing unit may be used to control the communication device (such as a base station, a baseband chip, a terminal device, a terminal device chip, a DU or a CU, etc.), execute a program, and process the data of the program.
  • the processor 7101 is used to call executable instructions so that the communication device 7100 executes any of the above methods.
  • the communication device 7100 further includes one or more memories 7102 for storing instructions.
  • the memory 7102 may also be outside the communication device 7100.
  • the communication device 7100 further includes one or more transceivers 7103.
  • the communication steps such as sending and receiving in the above method are executed by the transceiver 7103, and the other steps are executed by the processor 7101.
  • the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver and the transmitter may be separate or integrated.
  • the terms such as transceiver, transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, the terms such as transmitter, transmission unit, transmitter, transmission circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, and the terms such as receiver, receiving unit, receiver, receiving circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other.
  • the communication device 7100 further includes one or more interface circuits 7104, which are connected to the memory 7102.
  • the interface circuit 7104 can be used to receive signals from the memory 7102 or other devices, and can be used to send signals to the memory 7102 or other devices.
  • the interface circuit 7104 can read instructions stored in the memory 7102 and send the instructions to the processor 7101.
  • the communication device 7100 described in the above embodiments may be a network device or a terminal, but the scope of the communication device 7100 described in the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device 7100 may not be limited by FIG. 7.
  • the communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be: 1) an independent integrated circuit IC, or a chip, or a chip system or subsystem; (2) a collection of one or more ICs, optionally, the above IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and programs; (3) an ASIC, such as a modem; (4) a module that can be embedded in other devices; (5) a receiver, a terminal device, an intelligent terminal device, a cellular phone, a wireless device, a handheld device, a mobile unit, a vehicle-mounted device, a network device, a cloud device, an artificial intelligence device, etc.; (6) others, etc.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip 8200 provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the communication device 7100 may be a chip or a chip system
  • the chip 8200 includes one or more processors 8201, and the processor 8201 is used to call executable instructions so that the chip 8200 executes any of the above methods.
  • the chip 8200 further includes one or more interface circuits 8202, and the interface circuit 8202 is connected to the memory 8203.
  • the interface circuit 8202 can be used to receive signals from the memory 8203 or other devices, and the interface circuit 8202 can be used to send signals to the memory.
  • the chip 8200 further includes one or more memories 8203 for storing instructions.
  • the memory 8203 may be outside the chip 8200.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a storage medium, on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed on the communication device 7100, the communication device 7100 executes any of the above methods.
  • the storage medium is an electronic storage medium.
  • the storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a storage medium readable by other devices.
  • the storage medium can be a non-transitory storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a temporary storage medium.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a program product, which, when executed by the communication device 7100, enables the communication device 7100 to execute any of the above methods.
  • the program product is a computer program product.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the above methods.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to the technical field of communications, and particularly relates to a positioning method, and a terminal, a network device and a storage medium. The positioning method comprises: a first device receiving first configuration information sent by a second device, wherein the first configuration information is used for the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used for the first device to determine direction information. Accordingly, a first reference direction based on which a first terminal determines direction information can be flexibly configured, such that the first reference direction is applicable to different application scenarios, thereby facilitating the acquisition of more accurate direction information.

Description

定位方法、终端、网络设备和存储介质Positioning method, terminal, network device and storage medium 技术领域Technical Field

本公开涉及通信技术领域,具体而言,涉及定位方法、终端、网络设备和存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a positioning method, a terminal, a network device and a storage medium.

背景技术Background Art

在对终端(也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE))的进行定位时,可以测量得到终端相对于另一个设备的方向信息,所述方向信息中可以包括针对任一参考方向的方向信息,目前的定位方法中存在一些技术问题导致获取到的方向信息不适用于实际的使用需求。When positioning a terminal (also called a user equipment (UE)), the direction information of the terminal relative to another device can be measured. The direction information may include direction information for any reference direction. There are some technical problems in the current positioning method, which makes the acquired direction information unsuitable for actual usage requirements.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本公开的实施例提出了定位方法、终端、网络设备和存储介质,以解决相关技术中获取到的方向信息不适用于实际的使用需求的技术问题。The embodiments of the present disclosure propose a positioning method, a terminal, a network device and a storage medium to solve the technical problem that the direction information obtained in the related art is not suitable for actual usage requirements.

根据本公开实施例的第一方面,提出一种定位方法,由第一设备执行,所述方法包括:接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。According to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a positioning method is proposed, which is performed by a first device. The method includes: receiving first configuration information sent by a second device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.

根据本公开实施例的第二方面,提出一种定位方法,由第二设备执行,所述方法包括:向第一设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。According to a second aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a positioning method is proposed, which is executed by a second device. The method includes: first configuration information is sent to a first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.

根据本公开实施例的第三方面,提出一种定位装置,所述装置包括:According to a third aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a positioning device is provided, the device comprising:

收发模块,用于接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息;A transceiver module, used to receive first configuration information sent by a second device;

处理模块,用于基于所述第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述定位装置确定方向信息。A processing module is used to determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is used by the positioning device to determine direction information.

根据本公开实施例的第四方面,提出一种定位装置,所述装置包括:According to a fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a positioning device is provided, the device comprising:

处理模块,用于确定第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息;A processing module, configured to determine first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by a first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information;

收发模块,用于向所述第一设备发送的所述第一配置信息。A transceiver module is used to send the first configuration information to the first device.

根据本公开实施例的第五方面,提出一种终端,包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述网络设备执行上述第一方面所述的定位方法或第二方面所述的定位方法。According to the fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a terminal is proposed, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in the first aspect or the positioning method described in the second aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第六方面,提出一种网络设备,包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述网络设备执行上述第二方面所述的定位方法。According to the sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a network device is proposed, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in the second aspect above.

根据本公开实施例的第七方面,提出一种通信系统,包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,所述第一设备被配置为实现第一方面所述的定位方法,所述第二设备被配置为实 现第二方面所述的定位方法。According to a seventh aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication system is provided, comprising a first device and a second device, wherein the first device is configured to implement the positioning method according to the first aspect, and the second device is configured to implement Now the positioning method described in the second aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第八方面,提出一种存储介质,所述存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令在通信设备上运行时,使得所述通信设备执行上述第一方面或第二方面所述的定位方法。According to an eighth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a storage medium is proposed, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the positioning method described in the first aspect or the second aspect above.

根据本公开的实施例,第一设备可以根据接收到的第一配置信息来确定第一参考方向,再基于第一参考方向执行定位操作,例如可以基于所述第一参考方向确定方向信息。据此,可以对第一终端确定方向信息所基于的第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first device may determine the first reference direction according to the received first configuration information, and then perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction, for example, direction information may be determined based on the first reference direction. Accordingly, the first reference direction based on which the first terminal determines the direction information may be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本公开的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present disclosure, the drawings required for use in the description of the embodiments will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present disclosure. For ordinary technicians in this field, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without creative work.

图1是根据本公开实施例示出的通信系统的架构示意图。FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图2是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种定位方法的交互示意图。FIG. 2 is an interactive schematic diagram showing a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图3A是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种定位方法的示意流程图。FIG3A is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图3B是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种本地坐标系统的示意图。FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram showing a local coordinate system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图3C是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种从全球坐标系统转换到本地坐标系统的示意图。FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram showing a conversion from a global coordinate system to a local coordinate system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图4是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种定位方法的示意流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图5是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种终端的装置结构示意框图。FIG5 is a schematic block diagram showing a device structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图6是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种网络设备的装置结构示意框图。FIG6 is a schematic block diagram showing the device structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图7是本公开实施例提出的通信设备的结构示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图8是本公开实施例提出的芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

本公开的实施例提出定位方法、终端、网络设备和存储介质。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide a positioning method, a terminal, a network device, and a storage medium.

第一方面,本公开的实施例提出了一种定位方法,由第一设备执行,所述方法包括:接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a positioning method, which is performed by a first device, and the method includes: receiving first configuration information sent by a second device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.

在上述实施例中,第一设备可以根据接收到的第一配置信息来确定第一参考方向,再基于第一参考方向执行定位操作,例如可以基于所述第一参考方向确定方向信息。据此,可以对第一终端确定方向信息所基于的第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息。In the above embodiment, the first device can determine the first reference direction according to the received first configuration information, and then perform the positioning operation based on the first reference direction, for example, the direction information can be determined based on the first reference direction. Accordingly, the first reference direction based on which the first terminal determines the direction information can be flexibly configured to make it suitable for different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol SLPP message.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述SLPP消息包括SLPP位置 请求消息。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the SLPP message includes an SLPP location Request message.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:公共位置信息请求IE;侧边链路往返时延SL-RTT位置信息请求IE;或侧边链路到达角度SL-AOA位置信息请求IE。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link arrival angle SL-AOA location information request IE.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示以下至少一项:参考坐标系统;或在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述参考坐标系统包括以下至少之一:全球坐标系统;或本地坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the reference coordinate system includes at least one of the following: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述参考方向包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向确定。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一坐标轴的方向包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;天顶Zenith方向。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; Zenith direction.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向确定。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第二坐标轴包括以下至少之一:所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;或所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the second coordinate axis includes at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统为基于以下至少一项构建的:所述第一设备中或所述第一设备外的参考点;所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;或所述第一设备的垂直轴。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of the following: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is further used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统包括静态本地坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the local coordinate system includes a static local coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the method further includes: sending second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述第二参考方向;或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information is also used to indicate conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括动态本地坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息包括:确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,向所述第二设备发送 第二配置信息。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, sending the second configuration information to the second device includes: determining at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, sending to the second device Second configuration information.

结合第一方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:向所述第二设备发送根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the method further includes: sending the direction information determined according to the first reference direction to the second device.

第二方面,本公开的实施例提出了一种定位方法,由第二设备执行,所述方法包括:向第一设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a positioning method, which is executed by a second device, and the method includes: first configuration information sent to a first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol SLPP message.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述SLPP消息包括SLPP位置请求消息。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the SLPP message includes a SLPP location request message.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:公共位置信息请求IE;侧边链路往返时延SL-RTT位置信息请求IE;或侧边链路到达角度SL-AOA位置信息请求IE。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link arrival angle SL-AOA location information request IE.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示以下至少一项:参考坐标系统;或在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述参考坐标系统包括以下至少之一:全球坐标系统;或本地坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the reference coordinate system includes at least one of the following: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述参考方向包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向确定。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一坐标轴的方向包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;或天顶Zenith方向。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向确定。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第二坐标轴包括以下至少之一:所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;或所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the second coordinate axis includes at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统为基于以下至少一项构建的:所述第一设备中或所述第一设备外的参考点;所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;或所述第一设备的垂直轴。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of the following: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first configuration information is further used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统包括静态本地坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the local coordinate system includes a static local coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。 In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the method further includes: receiving second configuration information from the first device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述第二参考方向;或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括动态本地坐标系统。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息包括:确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, receiving second configuration information from the first device includes: determining at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and receiving second configuration information from the first device.

结合第二方面的一些实施例,在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:从所述第一设备接收根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the method further includes: receiving the direction information determined according to the first reference direction from the first device.

第三方面,提出一种定位装置,所述装置包括:收发模块,用于接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息;处理模块,用于基于所述第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述定位装置确定方向信息。In a third aspect, a positioning device is proposed, comprising: a transceiver module for receiving first configuration information sent by a second device; a processing module for determining a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, wherein the first reference direction is used by the positioning device to determine direction information.

第四方面,提出一种定位装置,所述装置包括:处理模块,用于确定第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息;收发模块,用于向所述第一设备发送的所述第一配置信息。In a fourth aspect, a positioning device is proposed, which includes: a processing module for determining first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by a first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information; and a transceiver module for sending the first configuration information to the first device.

第五方面,提出一种终端,包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述网络设备执行上述第一方面和第二方面、第一方面和第二方面的可选实施例所描述的定位方法。In the fifth aspect, a terminal is proposed, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing executable instructions, wherein the executable instructions, when executed by the processor, enable the network device to execute the positioning method described in the first and second aspects and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.

第六方面,提出一种网络设备,包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述网络设备执行上述第二方面、第二方面的可选实施例所描述的定位方法。In the sixth aspect, a network device is proposed, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing executable instructions, wherein the executable instructions, when executed by the processor, enable the network device to execute the positioning method described in the second aspect and the optional embodiment of the second aspect.

第七方面,本公开实施例提出了通信设备,上述通信设备包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述处理器调用所述可执行指令以使得上述通信设备执行如第一方面和第二方面、第一方面和第二方面的可选实施例所描述的定位方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication device, wherein the communication device includes: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor calls the executable instructions so that the communication device performs the positioning method described in the first aspect and the second aspect, and the optional embodiments of the first aspect and the second aspect.

第八方面,本公开实施例提出了通信系统,上述通信系统包括:第一设备和第二设备;其中,上述第一设备被配置为执行如第一方面、第一方面可选实施例所描述的方法,上述第二设备被配置为执行如第二方面、第二方面可选实施例所描述的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication system, the communication system comprising: a first device and a second device; wherein the first device is configured to execute the method described in the first aspect and the optional embodiment of the first aspect, and the second device is configured to execute the method described in the second aspect and the optional embodiment of the second aspect.

第九方面,本公开实施例提出了存储介质,上述存储介质存储有指令,当上述指令在通信设备上运行时,使得上述通信设备执行如第一方面和第二方面、第一方面和第二方面可选实施例所描述的方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the method described in the first and second aspects, and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.

第十方面,本公开实施例提出了程序产品,上述程序产品被通信设备执行时,使得上述通信设备执行如第一方面和第二方面、第一方面和第二方面可选实施例所描述的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a program product. When the program product is executed by a communication device, the communication device executes the method described in the first and second aspects and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.

第十一方面,本公开实施例提出了计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面和第二方面、第一方面和第二方面可选实施例所描述的方法。 In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method as described in the first and second aspects, and the optional embodiments of the first and second aspects.

可以理解地,上述终端、网络设备、通信设备、通信系统、存储介质、程序产品、计算机程序均用于执行本公开实施例所提出的方法。因此,其所能达到的有益效果可以参考对应方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It is understandable that the above-mentioned terminals, network devices, communication devices, communication systems, storage media, program products, and computer programs are all used to execute the methods proposed in the embodiments of the present disclosure. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods, which will not be repeated here.

本公开实施例提出了定位方法、终端、网络设备和存储介质。在一些实施例中,信息发送方法、信息接收方法与信息处理方法、通信方法等术语可以相互替换,终端、网络设备与信息处理装置、通信装置等术语可以相互替换,信息处理系统、通信系统等术语可以相互替换。The embodiments of the present disclosure propose positioning methods, terminals, network devices, and storage media. In some embodiments, the terms such as information sending method, information receiving method, information processing method, and communication method can be replaced with each other, the terms such as terminal, network device, information processing device, and communication device can be replaced with each other, and the terms such as information processing system and communication system can be replaced with each other.

本公开实施例并非穷举,仅为部分实施例的示意,不作为对本公开保护范围的具体限制。在不矛盾的情况下,某一实施例中的每个步骤均可以作为独立实施例来实施,且各步骤之间可以任意组合,例如,在某一实施例中去除部分步骤后的方案也可以作为独立实施例来实施,且在某一实施例中各步骤的顺序可以任意交换,另外,某一实施例中的可选实施例可以任意组合;此外,各实施例之间可以任意组合,例如,不同实施例的部分或全部步骤可以任意组合,某一实施例可以与其他实施例的可选实施例任意组合。The embodiments of the present disclosure are not exhaustive, but are only illustrative of some embodiments, and are not intended to be a specific limitation on the scope of protection of the present disclosure. In the absence of contradiction, each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined. For example, a solution after removing some steps in a certain embodiment can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged. In addition, the optional embodiments in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, for example, some or all steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional embodiments of other embodiments.

在各本公开实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,各实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性,且可以互相引用,不同实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified or there is a logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between the embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form a new embodiment based on their internal logical relationships.

本公开实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非作为对本公开的限制。The terms used in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present disclosure.

在本公开实施例中,除非另有说明,以单数形式表示的元素,如“一个”、“一种”、“该”、“上述”、“所述”、“前述”、“这一”等,可以表示“一个且只有一个”,也可以表示“一个或多个”、“至少一个”等。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, elements expressed in the singular form, such as "one", "an", "the", "above", "said", "foregoing", "this", etc., may mean "one and only one", or may mean "one or more", "at least one", etc.

例如,在翻译中使用如英语中的“a”、“an”、“the”等冠词(article)的情况下,冠词之后的名词可以理解为单数表达形式,也可以理解为复数表达形式。For example, when using articles such as "a", "an", "the" in English in translation, the noun following the article can be understood as a singular expression or a plural expression.

在本公开实施例中,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, “plurality” refers to two or more.

在一些实施例中,“至少一者(至少一项、至少一个)(at least one of)”、“一个或多个(one or more)”、“多个(a plurality of)”、“多个(multiple)等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "at least one of", "one or more", "a plurality of", "multiple" and the like can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“A、B中的至少一者”、“A和/或B”、“在一情况下A,在另一情况下B”、“响应于一情况A,响应于另一情况B”等记载方式,根据情况可以包括以下技术方案:在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A);在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B);在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执行);在一些实施例中A和B(A和B都被执行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, "at least one of A and B", "A and/or B", "A in one case, B in another case", "in response to one case A, in response to another case B", etc., may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed); in some embodiments, A and B (both A and B are executed). When there are more branches such as A, B, C, etc., the above is also similar.

在一些实施例中,“A或B”等记载方式,根据情况可以包括以下技术方案:在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A);在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B);在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, the recording method of "A or B" may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed). When there are more branches such as A, B, C, etc., the above is also similar.

本公开实施例中的“第一”、“第二”等前缀词,仅仅为了区分不同的描述对象,不对描述对象的位置、顺序、优先级、数量或内容等构成限制,对描述对象的陈述参见权利要求或实施例中上下文的描述,不应因为使用前缀词而构成多余的限制。The prefixes such as "first" and "second" in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only for distinguishing different description objects and do not constitute any restrictions on the position, order, priority, quantity or content of the description objects. For the statement of the description objects, please refer to the description in the context of the claims or embodiments, and no unnecessary restrictions should be constituted due to the use of prefixes.

例如,描述对象为“字段”,则“第一字段”和“第二字段”中“字段”之前的序数词并不限制“字段”之间的位置或顺序,“第一”和“第二”并不限制其修饰的“字 段”是否在同一个消息中,也不限制“第一字段”和“第二字段”的先后顺序。再如,描述对象为“等级”,则“第一等级”和“第二等级”中“等级”之前的序数词并不限制“等级”之间的优先级。再如,描述对象的数量并不受序数词的限制,可以是一个或者多个,以“第一装置”为例,其中“装置”的数量可以是一个或者多个。此外,不同前缀词修饰的对象可以相同或不同,例如,描述对象为“装置”,则“第一装置”和“第二装置”可以是相同的装置或者不同的装置,其类型可以相同或不同;再如,描述对象为“信息”,则“第一信息”和“第二信息”可以是相同的信息或者不同的信息,其内容可以相同或不同。For example, if the object to be described is a "field", the ordinal number before the "field" in "the first field" and "the second field" does not limit the position or order of the "fields", and "first" and "second" do not limit the "fields" they modify. For example, whether the "first field" and "second field" are in the same message, nor does it limit the order of the "first field" and the "second field". For another example, if the description object is "level", the ordinal number before the "level" in the "first level" and the "second level" does not limit the priority between the "levels". For another example, the number of description objects is not limited by the ordinal number, and can be one or more. Taking "first device" as an example, the number of "devices" can be one or more. In addition, the objects modified by different prefixes can be the same or different. For example, if the description object is "device", the "first device" and the "second device" can be the same device or different devices, and their types can be the same or different; for another example, if the description object is "information", the "first information" and the "second information" can be the same information or different information, and their contents can be the same or different.

在一些实施例中,“包括A”、“包含A”、“用于指示A”、“携带A”,可以解释为直接携带A,也可以解释为间接指示A。In some embodiments, “including A”, “comprising A”, “used to indicate A”, and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.

在一些实施例中,“响应于……”、“响应于确定……”、“在……的情况下”、“在……时”、“当……时”、“若……”、“如果……”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "in response to ...", "in response to determining ...", "in the case of ...", "at the time of ...", "when ...", "if ...", "if ...", etc. can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“大于”、“大于或等于”、“不小于”、“多于”、“多于或等于”、“不少于”、“高于”、“高于或等于”、“不低于”、“以上”等术语可以相互替换,“小于”、“小于或等于”、“不大于”、“少于”、“少于或等于”、“不多于”、“低于”、“低于或等于”、“不高于”、“以下”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "greater than", "greater than or equal to", "not less than", "more than", "more than or equal to", "not less than", "higher than", "higher than or equal to", "not lower than", and "above" can be replaced with each other, and terms such as "less than", "less than or equal to", "not greater than", "less than", "less than or equal to", "no more than", "lower than", "lower than or equal to", "not higher than", and "below" can be replaced with each other.

在一些实施例中,装置等可以解释为实体的、也可以解释为虚拟的,其名称不限定于实施例中所In some embodiments, devices and the like can be interpreted as physical or virtual, and their names are not limited to those in the embodiments.

记载的名称,“装置”、“设备(equipment)”、“设备(device)”、“电路”、“网元”、“节点”、“功能”、“单元”、“部件(section)”、“系统”、“网络”、“芯片”、“芯片系统”、“实体”、“主体”等术语可以相互替换。The recorded names, terms such as "device", "equipment", "device", "circuit", "network element", "node", "function", "unit", "section", "system", "network", "chip", "chip system", "entity", and "subject" can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“网络”可以解释为网络中包含的装置(例如,接入网设备、核心网设备等)。In some embodiments, "network" may be interpreted as devices included in the network (eg, access network equipment, core network equipment, etc.).

在一些实施例中,“接入网设备(access network device,AN device)”、“无线接入网设备(radio access network device,RAN device)”、“基站(base station,BS)”、“无线基站(radio base station)”、“固定台(fixed station)”、“节点(node)”、“接入点(access point)”、“发送点(transmission point,TP)”、“接收点(reception point,RP)”、“发送接收点(transmission/reception point,TRP)”、“面板(panel)”、“天线面板(antenna panel)”、“天线阵列(antenna array)”、“小区(cell)”、“宏小区(macro cell)”、“小型小区(small cell)”、“毫微微小区(femto cell)”、“微微小区(pico cell)”、“扇区(sector)”、“小区组(cell group)”、“服务小区”、“载波(carrier)”、“分量载波(component carrier)”、“带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the terms "access network device (AN device), "radio access network device (RAN device)", "base station (BS)", "radio base station (radio base station)", "fixed station (fixed station)", "node", "access point (access point)", "transmission point (TP)", "reception point (RP)", "transmission/reception point (TRP)", "panel", "antenna panel (antenna panel)", "antenna array (antenna array)", "cell", "macro cell", "small cell (small cell)", "femto cell (femto cell)", "pico cell (pico cell)", "sector (sector)", "cell group (cell)", "serving cell", "carrier (carrier)", "component carrier (component carrier)", "bandwidth part (bandwidth part (BWP))" and so on can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“终端(terminal)”、“终端设备(terminal device)”、“用户设备(user equipment,UE)”、“用户终端(user terminal)”、“移动台(mobile station,MS)”、“移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)”、订户站(subscriber station)、移动单元(mobile unit)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、无线单元(wireless unit)、远程单元(remote unit)、移动设备(mobile device)、无线设备(wireless device)、无线通信设备(wireless communication device)、远程设备(remote device)、移动订户站(mobile subscriber station)、接入终端(access terminal)、移动终端(mobile terminal)、无线终端(wireless terminal)、远程终端(remote terminal)、手持设备(handset)、用户代理(user agent)、移动客户端(mobile client)、客户端(client)等术语可以相互替换。 In some embodiments, the terms "terminal", "terminal device", "user equipment (UE)", "user terminal""mobile station (MS)", "mobile terminal (MT)", subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client and the like can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备可以被替换为终端。例如,针对将接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备以及终端间的通信置换为多个终端间的通信(例如,设备对设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车联网(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)等)的结构,也可以应用本公开的各实施例。在该情况下,也可以设为终端具有接入网设备所具有的全部或部分功能的结构。此外,“上行”、“下行”等术语也可以被替换为与终端间通信对应的术语(例如,“侧行(side)”)。例如,上行信道、下行信道等可以被替换为侧行信道,上行链路、下行链路等可以被替换为侧行链路。In some embodiments, the access network device, the core network device, or the network device can be replaced by a terminal. For example, the various embodiments of the present disclosure can also be applied to a structure in which the communication between the access network device, the core network device, or the network device and the terminal is replaced by the communication between multiple terminals (for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), etc.). In this case, it can also be set as a structure in which the terminal has all or part of the functions of the access network device. In addition, terms such as "uplink" and "downlink" can also be replaced by terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "side"). For example, uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. can be replaced by side channels, and uplinks, downlinks, etc. can be replaced by side links.

在一些实施例中,终端可以被替换为接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备。在该情况下,也可以设为接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备具有终端所具有的全部或部分功能的结构。In some embodiments, the terminal may be replaced by an access network device, a core network device, or a network device. In this case, the access network device, the core network device, or the network device may also be configured to have a structure that has all or part of the functions of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,获取数据、信息等可以遵照所在地国家的法律法规。In some embodiments, the acquisition of data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.

在一些实施例中,可以在得到用户同意后获取数据、信息等。In some embodiments, data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.

此外,本公开实施例的表格中的每一元素、每一行、或每一列均可以作为独立实施例来实施,任意元素、任意行、任意列的组合也可以作为独立实施例来实施。In addition, each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, or any columns may also be implemented as an independent embodiment.

图1是根据本公开实施例示出的通信系统的架构示意图。FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

如图1所示,通信系统100包括第一设备101和第二设备102,其中,所述第一设备101可以为终端(terminal),所述第二设备102可以为除第一设备外的另一终端或网络设备。其中,另一终端可以包括目标终端(Target UE)、锚点终端(anchor UE)或服务终端(Server UE)等;网络设备可以包括以下至少之一:接入网设备、核心网设备(core network device)等。As shown in FIG1 , the communication system 100 includes a first device 101 and a second device 102, wherein the first device 101 may be a terminal, and the second device 102 may be another terminal or network device other than the first device. The other terminal may include a target terminal (Target UE), an anchor terminal (anchor UE) or a server terminal (Server UE), etc.; the network device may include at least one of the following: an access network device, a core network device, etc.

在一些实施例中,终端例如包括手机(mobile phone)、可穿戴设备、物联网设备、具备通信功能的汽车、智能汽车、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端设备、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备中的至少一者,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the terminal includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control (industrial control), a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid (smart grid), a wireless terminal device in transportation safety (transportation safety), a wireless terminal device in a smart city (smart city), and at least one of a wireless terminal device in a smart home (smart home), but is not limited to these.

在一些实施例中,接入网设备例如是将终端接入到无线网络的节点或设备,接入网设备可以包括5G通信系统中的演进节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代演进节点B(next generation eNB,ng-eNB)、下一代节点B(next generation NodeB,gNB)、节点B(node B,NB)、家庭节点B(home node B,HNB)、家庭演进节点B(home evolved nodeB,HeNB)、无线回传设备、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、移动交换中心、6G通信系统中的基站、开放型基站(Open RAN)、云基站(Cloud RAN)、其他通信系统中的基站、Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点中的至少一者,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device is, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network. The access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.

在一些实施例中,核心网设备可以是一个设备,包括一个或多个网元,也可以是多个设备或设备群,分别包括上述一个或多个网元中的全部或部分。网元可以是虚拟的,也可以是实体的。核心网例如包括演进分组核心(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)、5G核心网络(5G Core Network,5GCN)、下一代核心(Next Generation Core,NGC)中的至少一者。在一些实施例中,核心网设备可以包括位置管理功能(Location Management  Function,LMF)。In some embodiments, the core network device may be a device including one or more network elements, or may be multiple devices or device groups, each including all or part of the one or more network elements. The network element may be virtual or physical. The core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC). In some embodiments, the core network device may include a location management function (LMF). Function, LMF).

在一些实施例中,本公开的技术方案可适用于Open RAN架构,此时,本公开实施例所涉及的接入网设备间或者接入网设备内的接口可变为Open RAN的内部接口,这些内部接口之间的流程和信息交互可以通过软件或者程序实现。In some embodiments, the technical solution of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture. In this case, the interfaces between access network devices or within access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.

在一些实施例中,接入网设备可以由集中单元(central unit,CU)与分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成的,其中,CU也可以称为控制单元(control unit),采用CU-DU的结构可以将接入网设备的协议层拆分开,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device may be composed of a centralized unit (central unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), wherein the CU may also be called a control unit (control unit). The CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layer of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layer being centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all of the functions of the protocol layer being distributed in the DU, and the DU being centrally controlled by the CU, but not limited to this.

可以理解的是,本公开实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本公开实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本公开实施例提出的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本公开实施例提出的技术方案对于类似的技术问题同样适用。It can be understood that the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure. A person skilled in the art can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.

下述本公开实施例可以应用于图1所示的通信系统100、或部分主体,但不限于此。图1所示的各主体是例示,通信系统可以包括图1中的全部或部分主体,也可以包括图1以外的其他主体,各主体数量和形态为任意,各主体可以是实体的也可以是虚拟的,各主体之间的连接关系是例示,各主体之间可以不连接也可以连接,其连接可以是任意方式,可以是直接连接也可以是间接连接,可以是有线连接也可以是无线连接。The following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG1 , or part of the subject, but are not limited thereto. The subjects shown in FIG1 are examples, and the communication system may include all or part of the subjects in FIG1 , or may include other subjects other than FIG1 , and the number and form of the subjects are arbitrary, and the subjects may be physical or virtual, and the connection relationship between the subjects is an example, and the subjects may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, and may be a direct connection or an indirect connection, and may be a wired connection or a wireless connection.

本公开各实施例可以应用于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)、LTE-Advanced(LTE-A)、LTE-Beyond(LTE-B)、SUPER 3G、IMT-Advanced、第四代移动通信系统(4th generation mobile communication system,4G)、)、第五代移动通信系统(5th generation mobile communication system,5G)、5G新空口(new radio,NR)、未来无线接入(Future Radio Access,FRA)、新无线接入技术(New-Radio Access Technology,RAT)、新无线(New Radio,NR)、新无线接入(New radio access,NX)、未来一代无线接入(Future generation radio access,FX)、Global System for Mobile communications(GSM(注册商标))、CDMA2000、超移动宽带(Ultra Mobile Broadband,UMB)、IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi(注册商标))、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX(注册商标))、IEEE 802.20、超宽带(Ultra-WideBand,UWB)、蓝牙(Bluetooth(注册商标))、陆上公用移动通信网(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)系统、机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、车联网(Vehicle-to-Everything,V2X)、利用其他通信方法的系统、基于它们而扩展的下一代系统等。此外,也可以将多个系统组合(例如,LTE或者LTE-A与5G的组合等)应用。The embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), LTE-Beyond (LTE-B), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, the fourth generation mobile communication system (4G), the fifth generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G new radio (NR), Future Radio Access (FRA), New-Radio Access Technology (RAT), New Radio (NR), New radio access (NX), Future generation radio access ... The present invention relates to wireless communication systems such as LTE, Wi-Fi (X), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.20, Ultra-WideBand (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) network, Device to Device (D2D) system, Machine to Machine (M2M) system, Internet of Things (IoT) system, Vehicle to Everything (V2X), systems using other communication methods, and next-generation systems expanded based on them. In addition, a combination of multiple systems (for example, a combination of LTE or LTE-A with 5G, etc.) may also be applied.

图2是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种定位方法的交互示意图。FIG. 2 is an interactive schematic diagram showing a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

如图2所示,定位方法包括:As shown in FIG2 , the positioning method includes:

步骤S201,第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息。Step S201: The second device sends first information to the first device.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息可以包括第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the second device may send first information to the first device, and the first information may include first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。 In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息,所述第一配置信息包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中。In some embodiments, the second device sends a Sidelink Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message to the first device, and the first configuration information is included in the Sidelink Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message.

在一些实施例中,所述SLPP消息包括SLPP位置请求消息。In some embodiments, the SLPP message comprises a SLPP Location Request message.

在一些实施使低中,所述第一配置信息包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:公共位置信息请求IE;侧边链路往返时延SL-RTT位置信息请求IE;或侧边链路到达角度SL-AOA位置信息请求IE。In some implementations, the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: a common location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link angle of arrival SL-AOA location information request IE.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送所述第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统,以使第一设备基于参考坐标系统确定第一参考方向。In some embodiments, the second device sends the first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a reference coordinate system, so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送所述第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统和参考方向,以使第一设备基于参考坐标系统和参考方向确定第一参考方向。In some embodiments, the second device sends the first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a reference coordinate system and a reference direction, so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system and the reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息指示的参考坐标系统可以包括:全球坐标系统和/或本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, wherein the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information may include: a global coordinate system and/or a local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息指示参考坐标系统,所述本地坐标系统为基于以下至少一项构建的:所述第一设备中或所述第一设备外的参考点;所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;或所述第一设备的垂直轴。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, wherein the first configuration information indicates a reference coordinate system, and the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of the following: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述参考方向包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。In some embodiments, the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,以使第一设备基于第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向确定。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一坐标轴的方向包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;或天顶Zenith方向。In some embodiments, the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,以使第一设备基于第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向确定。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system so that the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第二坐标轴包括以下至少之一:所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;或所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In some embodiments, the second coordinate axis includes at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, and the first configuration information is also used to indicate a conversion parameter of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,所述本地坐标系统包括静态本地坐标系统和/或动态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, where the local coordinate system includes a static local coordinate system and/or a dynamic local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向。所述第一配置使用第一参考方向执行定位操作,得到的定位结果可以包括由所述第一参考方向确定的方向信息。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction. The first configuration uses the first reference direction to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result may include direction information determined by the first reference direction.

步骤S201,第一设备向第二设备发送第二信息。Step S201: The first device sends second information to the second device.

在一些实施例中,第一设备可以向第二设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息可以包 括第二配置信息和/或方向信息。In some embodiments, the first device may send second information to the second device, and the second information may include Including second configuration information and/or direction information.

在一些实施例中,第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。可选的,所述第二参考方向为上述第一参考方向。In some embodiments, the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information. Optionally, the second reference direction is the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第一设备向第二设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述第二参考方向;或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, where the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第一设备向第二设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示第二参考方向,和与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统,与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, the second configuration information being used to indicate a second reference direction and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction including a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information being further used to indicate conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第一设备向第二设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示第二参考方向和与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括动态本地坐标系统和/或静态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the first device sends second configuration information to the second device, where the second configuration information is used to indicate a second reference direction and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, where the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system and/or a static local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第一设备确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,第一设备向第二设备发送第二配置信息。In some embodiments, the first device determines at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and the first device sends the second configuration information to the second device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备使用确定的第一参考方向和/或与第一参考方向对应的参考坐标系统执行定位操作,得到的定位结果包括由第一参考方向确定的方向信息。第一设备向所述第二设备发送根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息。In some embodiments, the first device performs a positioning operation using the determined first reference direction and/or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction, and the obtained positioning result includes direction information determined by the first reference direction. The first device sends the direction information determined according to the first reference direction to the second device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备使用确定的第一参考方向和/或第一参考方向对应的参考坐标系统执行定位操作,得到的定位结果包括由第一参考方向确定的方向信息。第一设备向所述第二设备发送根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息和第二配置信息,其中所述第二配置信息包括用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向和/或与第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。可选的,所述第二参考方向为第一参考方向,第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统为第一参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the first device uses the determined first reference direction and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined by the first reference direction. The first device sends the direction information determined according to the first reference direction and second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information includes the second reference direction actually used by the second device to determine the direction information when the first device determines the direction information and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction. Optionally, the second reference direction is the first reference direction, and the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction is the reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction.

本公开实施例所涉及的通信方法可以包括步骤S201至步骤202中的至少一者。例如,步骤S201可以作为独立实施例来实施,步骤S202可以作为独立实施例来实施,步骤S201+S202可以作为独立实施例来实施,但不限于此。The communication method involved in the embodiment of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S201 to 202. For example, step S201 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and step S201+S202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, but is not limited thereto.

在一些实施例中,步骤S201、S202可以交换顺序或同时执行。In some embodiments, steps S201 and S202 may be performed in an interchangeable order or simultaneously.

在一些实施例中,步骤S201是可选的,在不同实施例中可以对这些步骤中的一个或多个步骤进行省略或替代。In some embodiments, step S201 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments.

在一些实施例中,步骤S202是可选的,在不同实施例中可以对这些步骤中的一个或多个步骤进行省略或替代。In some embodiments, step S202 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments.

在一些实施例中,可参见图2所对应的说明书之前或之后记载的其他可选实施例。In some embodiments, reference may be made to other optional embodiments described before or after the description corresponding to FIG. 2 .

在一些实施例中,对终端进行定位可以包括绝对定位和相对定位,以及测距。In some embodiments, positioning the terminal may include absolute positioning and relative positioning, as well as ranging.

其中,绝对定位也即是确定终端的绝对坐标;相对定位也即是确定终端相对一个参考点的坐标;测距则是确定终端相对一个参考点的距离和/或方向信息。Among them, absolute positioning is to determine the absolute coordinates of the terminal; relative positioning is to determine the coordinates of the terminal relative to a reference point; and ranging is to determine the distance and/or direction information of the terminal relative to a reference point.

测距通常是需要在涉及的两个终端之间进行测量,而绝对定位和相对定位则可能涉及多个终端来参与定位。 Ranging usually requires measurement between two terminals involved, while absolute positioning and relative positioning may involve multiple terminals to participate in positioning.

以基于下行到达时间差(Downlink Time difference of Arrival,DL-TDOA)的定位方法为例,终端可以通过测量多个(大于或等于3个)其它终端,例如路侧单元(Road Side Unit,RSU)发送的定位信号来确定终端相对于RSU的具体位置。除了DL-TDOA外,定位方法还可以的包括上行到达时间差(Uplink Time difference of Arrival,UL-TDOA)定,多往返时延(multiple Round-Trip Time,RTT)定位,到达角度(Angle of Arrival,AOA)/出发角度(Angle of Departure,AOD)定位,载波相位定位等等。Taking the positioning method based on downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA) as an example, the terminal can determine the specific position of the terminal relative to the road side unit (RSU) by measuring the positioning signals sent by multiple (greater than or equal to 3) other terminals, such as the road side unit (RSU). In addition to DL-TDOA, other positioning methods can also include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA), multiple round-trip time (RTT), angle of arrival (AOA)/angle of departure (AOD), carrier phase positioning, etc.

如果定位结果是基于全球定位系统(Global Positioning System,GPS)等绝对位置信息转换得到的绝对位置坐标那么定位结果就是绝对定位的定位结果;否则,定位结果就是相对定位的定位结果。If the positioning result is an absolute position coordinate converted based on absolute position information such as the Global Positioning System (GPS), then the positioning result is an absolute positioning result; otherwise, the positioning result is a relative positioning result.

在一些实施例中,被定位的终端可以称为目标终端(target UE),其它支持定位target UE的终端可以称为锚点终端(anchor UE)。In some embodiments, the located terminal may be referred to as a target terminal (target UE), and other terminals that support positioning of the target UE may be referred to as anchor terminals (anchor UE).

在一些实施例中,如果定位仅涉及到两个终端,则两个终端可以互相是对方的anchor UE。In some embodiments, if positioning involves only two terminals, the two terminals can be each other's anchor UE.

在一些实施例中,anchor UE,存在不同的类型,例如如上所述的RSU的anchor UE,属于一种基础设施,该类型的终端可以通过与其它基础设备的终端,例如其它RSU,一起协作提供定位服务;又例如普通的移动终端也可以作为anchor UE,但其难以与其它终端一起协助提供定位服务;另外,有些anchor UE有GPS等位置信息,其可以辅助其它UE进行绝对定位;其它一些anchor UE可能不具备GPS等位置信息。In some embodiments, there are different types of anchor UEs. For example, the anchor UE of the RSU mentioned above belongs to an infrastructure. This type of terminal can provide positioning services by collaborating with terminals of other infrastructure equipment, such as other RSUs. For another example, an ordinary mobile terminal can also serve as an anchor UE, but it is difficult for it to assist in providing positioning services with other terminals. In addition, some anchor UEs have location information such as GPS, which can assist other UEs in absolute positioning. Some other anchor UEs may not have location information such as GPS.

在一些实施例中,对终端进行定位时,可以采用侧边链路(Sidelink)定位,或者,基于Uu接口的定位;其中所述Uu接口为终端与网络设备之间的接口的简称,也可以称为空中接口。In some embodiments, when positioning the terminal, sidelink positioning or positioning based on the Uu interface can be used; wherein the Uu interface is the abbreviation of the interface between the terminal and the network device, and can also be called an air interface.

其中,对于侧边链路定位,在两个终端之间交互的定位消息可以是基于侧边链路定位协议(Sidelink Positioning Protocol,SLPP)的侧边链路定位消息,终端与网络设备(例如位置管理功能(Location Management Function,LMF))之间交互的定位消息也可以为SLPP消息;对于Uu接口定位,终端和LMF之间交互的定位消息为长期演进定位协议(Long-Term Evolution Positioning Protocol,LPP)消息。Among them, for side link positioning, the positioning message exchanged between the two terminals can be a side link positioning message based on the Sidelink Positioning Protocol (SLPP), and the positioning message exchanged between the terminal and the network device (such as the Location Management Function (LMF)) can also be an SLPP message; for Uu interface positioning, the positioning message exchanged between the terminal and LMF is a Long-Term Evolution Positioning Protocol (LPP) message.

在一些实施例中,所述侧边链路也可以称为侧链路、副链路或边链路。In some embodiments, the side link may also be referred to as a side link, a secondary link, or a side link.

在一些实施例中,在对终端进行定位后得到的定位结果中可以包括相对于另一个设备的方向信息,所述方向信息中可以包括针对参考方向的方向信息。但针对不同应用场景,对于得到的方向信息存在不同的需求,例如,对于某些应用来说,其需要通过方向信息来判断终端是否指向另一终端,如判断遥控器是否指向某个显示器。在这种情况下,相对于基于全球坐标系统的方向信息,该应用更希望能够基于本地坐标系统,以终端的径向作为参考方向来测量得到方向信息,以方便该应用使用测量得到的方向信息执行后续的判断过程。如何使得测量得到的方向信息能够适用于实际的使用需求,成为需要解决的技术问题。In some embodiments, the positioning result obtained after positioning the terminal may include direction information relative to another device, and the direction information may include direction information for a reference direction. However, for different application scenarios, there are different requirements for the obtained direction information. For example, for some applications, it is necessary to use direction information to determine whether the terminal is pointing to another terminal, such as determining whether the remote control is pointing to a certain display. In this case, compared with the direction information based on the global coordinate system, the application hopes to be able to measure the direction information based on the local coordinate system, using the radial direction of the terminal as the reference direction, so as to facilitate the application to use the measured direction information to perform subsequent judgment processes. How to make the measured direction information applicable to actual usage needs has become a technical problem that needs to be solved.

本公开的实施例提出了定位方法。图3A是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种定位方法的示意流程图。本实施例所示的定位方法可以由第一设备执行。所述第一设备可以为终端,为了简便起见,在下面的实施例中也可以称为第一终端。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide a positioning method. FIG3A is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The positioning method shown in this embodiment can be performed by a first device. The first device can be a terminal, which may also be referred to as a first terminal in the following embodiments for simplicity.

如图3A所示,定位方法可以包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG3A , the positioning method may include the following steps:

在步骤S301中,接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信 息。In step S301, first configuration information sent by a second device is received, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine a direction information. interest.

在一些实施例中,第一设备接收与参考方向相关的第一配置信息,并可以基于所述第一配置信息来确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为在对所述第一设备进行定位时所基于的参考方向。例如,在进一步的实施例中,所述第一设备可以基于第一参考方向执行定位操作,并将得到的定位结果进行上报,定位结果可以包括相对于该第一参考方向的方向信息。In some embodiments, the first device receives first configuration information related to a reference direction, and may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, wherein the first reference direction is a reference direction based on which the first device is positioned. For example, in a further embodiment, the first device may perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction, and report the obtained positioning result, and the positioning result may include direction information relative to the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第一设备可以从第二设备接收到第一配置信息,所述第二设备可以为网络设备,也可以为除第一设备外的第二终端。其中,网络设备可以是指接入网设备或核心网设备,例如可以为LMF。所述第二终端可以为Target UE、anchor UE或服务终端(Server UE)。In some embodiments, the first device may receive the first configuration information from the second device, and the second device may be a network device or a second terminal other than the first device. The network device may refer to an access network device or a core network device, such as an LMF. The second terminal may be a Target UE, an anchor UE, or a server UE.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备确定的第一参考方向可以是所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向,或者,所述第一参考方向可以从所述第一配置信息指示的多个候选的参考方向中选择确定,或者,所述第一参考方向可以是所述第一设备基于自身的需求确定的参考方向。In some embodiments, the first reference direction determined by the first device may be a reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be selected and determined from a plurality of candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be a reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs.

例如,所述第一终端T1从LMF接收的第一配置信息中可以包括多套第一配置信息,以三套第一配置信息M1、M2、M3为例,第一配置信息M1、M2、M3分别用于指示候选的参考方向A1、A2、A3。若第一终端T1从三套第一配置信息中选择使用与参考方向A1相对应的第一配置信息M1,也即第一终端T1将参考方向A1确定为第一参考方向,则第一终端T1可以使用第一配置信息M1执行定位操作,得到的定位结果中包含基于参考方向A1确定的方向信息。For example, the first configuration information received by the first terminal T1 from the LMF may include multiple sets of first configuration information. Taking three sets of first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 as examples, the first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 are used to indicate candidate reference directions A1, A2, and A3, respectively. If the first terminal T1 selects to use the first configuration information M1 corresponding to the reference direction A1 from the three sets of first configuration information, that is, the first terminal T1 determines the reference direction A1 as the first reference direction, then the first terminal T1 can use the first configuration information M1 to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result includes direction information determined based on the reference direction A1.

例如,所述第一终端T1可以从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息M1,第一配置信息M1用于指示参考方向A1,第一终端T1可以进一步确定所述第一配置信息M1是否适用。若所述第一终端确定第一配置信息M1不适用,则所述第一终端T1可以不基于参考方向A1确定方向信息,而将参考方向A2确定为第一参考方向。第一终端T1可以基于参考方向A2执行定位操作,得到的定位结果中包含基于参考方向A2确定的方向信息。For example, the first terminal T1 may receive first configuration information M1 from the second terminal T2, the first configuration information M1 being used to indicate the reference direction A1, and the first terminal T1 may further determine whether the first configuration information M1 is applicable. If the first terminal determines that the first configuration information M1 is not applicable, the first terminal T1 may not determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1, but may determine the reference direction A2 as the first reference direction. The first terminal T1 may perform a positioning operation based on the reference direction A2, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined based on the reference direction A2.

在一些实施例中,若第一设备没有接收到第一配置信息,则所述第一设备可以将默认的参考方向作为第一参考方向。其中,所述默认的参考方向可以为终端保存的在没有接收到第一配置信息的情况下确定方向信息所基于的参考方向,也可以为所述第一设备上一次执行定位操作时所基于的参考方向。In some embodiments, if the first device does not receive the first configuration information, the first device may use a default reference direction as the first reference direction. The default reference direction may be a reference direction based on which the terminal determines the direction information when the first configuration information is not received, or may be a reference direction based on which the first device last performed a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,第一设备在执行定位操作后,可以将定位结果上报给发送所述第一配置信息的第二设备,也可以上报给其它设备。例如,所述第一设备可以将定位结果上报给LMF。In some embodiments, after performing the positioning operation, the first device may report the positioning result to the second device that sends the first configuration information, or may report it to other devices. For example, the first device may report the positioning result to the LMF.

需要说明的是,所述方向信息可以是相对于第一参考方向的一个角度值,可以是在第一参考方向所在的参考平面上,相对于第一参考方向测量得到的一个角度值,例如,可以为水平面上的方位角(Azimuth)或者垂直面上的仰角(Elevation)。若在水平面上以地理北(North)为第一参考方向,则第一终端T1确定的基于第一参考方向的方向信息可以为水平面上相对于地理北的Azimuth进行顺时针旋转或者逆时针旋转后测量得到的方位角。若在垂直面上以天顶(Zenith)方向为第一参考方向,则第一终端T1确定的基于第一参考方向的方向信息可以为垂直面上相对于Zenith进行顺时针旋转或者逆时针旋转后得到的仰角。It should be noted that the direction information may be an angle value relative to the first reference direction, or an angle value measured relative to the first reference direction on a reference plane where the first reference direction is located, for example, an azimuth on a horizontal plane or an elevation on a vertical plane. If the geographic north (North) is used as the first reference direction on the horizontal plane, the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the azimuth measured after rotating Azimuth relative to the geographic north on the horizontal plane clockwise or counterclockwise. If the zenith (Zenith) direction is used as the first reference direction on the vertical plane, the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the elevation obtained after rotating clockwise or counterclockwise relative to Zenith on the vertical plane.

需要说明的是,图3A所示实施例可以独立实施,也可以与本公开中至少一个其他实施例结合实施,具体可以根据需要选择,本公开并不限制。 It should be noted that the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A may be implemented independently or in combination with at least one other embodiment in the present disclosure. The specific implementation may be selected as needed and the present disclosure is not limited thereto.

本公开实施例中,第一设备可以根据接收到的第一配置信息来确定第一参考方向,再基于第一参考方向执行定位操作,例如基于所述第一参考方向确定方向信息。据此,可以对第一终端确定方向信息所基于的第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first device can determine the first reference direction according to the received first configuration information, and then perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction, for example, determining direction information based on the first reference direction. Accordingly, the first reference direction based on which the first terminal determines the direction information can be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.

在一些实施例中,第一设备执行的定位操作可以采用铡边链路定位或Uu接口定位,其中,对于侧边链路定位,所述第一设备从第二设备接收到的第一配置信息可以包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中;对于Uu接口定位,所述第一设备从第二设备接收到的第一配置信息可以包含在LPP消息中,或者还可以包含在无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)消息中。In some embodiments, the positioning operation performed by the first device may adopt side link positioning or Uu interface positioning, wherein, for side link positioning, the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device may be included in a side link positioning protocol SLPP message; for Uu interface positioning, the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device may be included in an LPP message, or may also be included in a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message.

例如,第一终端T1可以从第二终端T2接收SLPP消息,所述SLPP消息携带有第一配置信息,第一终端T1可以基于该第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,以用于在执行定位操作时确定参考方向。For example, the first terminal T1 may receive an SLPP message from the second terminal T2, where the SLPP message carries first configuration information. The first terminal T1 may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information to determine the reference direction when performing a positioning operation.

所述第一设备从第二设备接收到的SLPP消息可以为第一设备在执行定位操作的过程中,与第二设备交互的SLPP消息中的任一消息。在一些实施例中,所述第一设备可以从第二设备接收SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息包含有所述第一配置信息。所述SLPP位置请求消息用于表示第二设备请求获取第一设备的位置信息。The SLPP message received by the first device from the second device may be any of the SLPP messages that the first device interacts with the second device during the process of performing the positioning operation. In some embodiments, the first device may receive a SLPP location request message from the second device, and the SLPP location request message includes the first configuration information. The SLPP location request message is used to indicate that the second device requests to obtain the location information of the first device.

所述SLPP位置请求消息可以包括多个信元(Information Element,IE),所述第一配置信息可以由所述SLPP位置请求消息中的至少一个指定的信元携带。在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息可以包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:公共位置信息请求IE;侧边链路往返时延(Sidelink multiple Round-Trip Time,SL-RTT)位置信息请求IE;或侧边链路到达角度(Sidelink Angle of Arrival,SL-AOA)位置信息请求IE。The SLPP location request message may include multiple information elements (IEs), and the first configuration information may be carried by at least one designated information element in the SLPP location request message. In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a sidelink multiple round-trip time (SL-RTT) location information request IE; or a sidelink angle of arrival (SL-AOA) location information request IE.

在一些实施例中,可以基于第一配置信息适用的定位方法,由与适用的定位方法对应的信元携带所述第一配置信息。例如,若所述第一配置信息M1由SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带,则表示第一配置信息M1适用于SL-RTT定位方法。若所述第一配置信息M2由SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带,则表示第一配置信息M2适用于SL-AOA定位方法。若所述第一配置信息M3由公共位置信息请求IE携带,则表示第一配置信息M3可以适用于任一定位方法。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be carried by an information element corresponding to the applicable positioning method based on the positioning method to which the first configuration information is applicable. For example, if the first configuration information M1 is carried by the SL-RTT location information request IE, it indicates that the first configuration information M1 is applicable to the SL-RTT positioning method. If the first configuration information M2 is carried by the SL-AOA location information request IE, it indicates that the first configuration information M2 is applicable to the SL-AOA positioning method. If the first configuration information M3 is carried by the public location information request IE, it indicates that the first configuration information M3 can be applicable to any positioning method.

在一些实施例中,第一设备接收第二设备发送的SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的第一信元中携带有第一配置信息。第一设备可以从SLPP位置请求消息中提取第一配置信息,并基于携带第一配置信息的第一信元,确定该第一配置信息适用的第一定位方法。所述第一设备可以基于实际使用的定位方法来确定是否使用该第一配置信息,若所述第一设备使用了第一定位方法执行定位操作,则可以基于该第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,并使用该第一参考方向确定方向信息。In some embodiments, a first device receives an SLPP location request message sent by a second device, wherein a first information element of the SLPP location request message carries first configuration information. The first device may extract the first configuration information from the SLPP location request message, and determine a first positioning method applicable to the first configuration information based on the first information element carrying the first configuration information. The first device may determine whether to use the first configuration information based on the positioning method actually used. If the first device uses the first positioning method to perform a positioning operation, a first reference direction may be determined based on the first configuration information, and the direction information may be determined using the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第一设备接收第二设备发送的SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的多个信元中可以携带有多套第一配置信息。第一设备可以基于实际使用的定位方法,使用与实际使用的定位方法对应第一配置信息执行定位操作,以确定第一参考方向,并使用该第一参考方向确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the first device receives an SLPP location request message sent by the second device, and multiple information elements of the SLPP location request message may carry multiple sets of first configuration information. The first device may perform a positioning operation based on the positioning method actually used, using the first configuration information corresponding to the positioning method actually used, to determine a first reference direction, and use the first reference direction to determine direction information.

例如,第一终端T1接收第二终端T2发送的SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M1,SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M2,公共位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M3。若第一终端T1实际使用SL-RTT定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M1确定第 一参考方向;若第一终端T1实际使用SL-AOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M2确定第一参考方向;若第一终端T1实际使用其它SL-TDOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M3确定第一参考方向。For example, the first terminal T1 receives the SLPP location request message sent by the second terminal T2, the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3. If the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-RTT positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M1 can be used to determine the first A reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-AOA positioning method to perform positioning operations, the first configuration information M2 can be used to determine the first reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses other SL-TDOA positioning methods to perform positioning operations, the first configuration information M3 can be used to determine the first reference direction.

在本公开实施例中,所述第一配置信息可以包含在第二设备发送的SLPP消息中,从而可以在第一设备执行侧边链路定位的过程中,对第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息,还可以方便各类应用对于方向信息的使用。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first configuration information may be included in the SLPP message sent by the second device, so that during the process of the first device performing side link positioning, the first reference direction can be flexibly configured to make it suitable for different application scenarios, thereby facilitating obtaining more accurate direction information and facilitating the use of direction information by various applications.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示以下至少一项:参考坐标系统;或在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第一设备可以从第二设备接收到第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统。所述第一设备可以基于该参考坐标系统确定第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于所述第一参考方向确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the first device may receive first configuration information from the second device, the first configuration information being used to indicate a reference coordinate system. The first device may determine a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system, so as to determine direction information based on the first reference direction when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,所述参考坐标系统可以包括以下至少之一:全球坐标系统;或本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system may include at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第一设备可以维护有与各个参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向。第一设备从第二设备接收到第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统,若第一配置信息中没有指示与该参考坐标系统对应的参考方向,则第一设备可以将与参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于与参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the first device may maintain default reference directions corresponding to various reference coordinate systems. The first device receives first configuration information from the second device, the first configuration information being used to indicate a reference coordinate system, and if the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may use the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction, so as to determine direction information based on the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向可以为参考坐标系统至少一个坐标轴的方向。In some embodiments, the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system may be a direction of at least one coordinate axis of the reference coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第一设备从第二设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,则第一设备的第一参考方向可以基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向来确定。In some embodiments, the first device receives first configuration information from the second device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, and the first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:地理北(geographical North);地理南(geographical South);地理西(geographical West);地理东(geographical East);地磁北(magnetic North);地磁南(magnetic South);地磁西(magnetic West);地磁东(magnetic East);天顶Zenith方向。In some embodiments, the first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system may include at least one of the following: geographic North; geographic South; geographic West; geographic East; magnetic North; magnetic South; magnetic West; magnetic East; and zenith direction.

例如,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,若所述第一配置信息没有指示参考方向,则第一终端可以将地理北作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于地理北确定方向信息。For example, the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, the first terminal may use geographic north as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备从第二设备接收到的第一配置信息可以用于指示本地坐标系统。由于本地坐标系统可以基于参考点和/或坐标轴构建的,第一设备从第二设备接收到的第一配置信息可以用于指示用于建立本地坐标系统的参考点和/或坐标轴。In some embodiments, the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device can be used to indicate a local coordinate system. Since the local coordinate system can be constructed based on a reference point and/or a coordinate axis, the first configuration information received by the first device from the second device can be used to indicate a reference point and/or a coordinate axis used to establish the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,用于构建本地坐标系统的参考点可以为所述第一设备中的参考点,例如,第一设备的中心点;或者,可以为所述第一设备外的参考点,例如,第二设备的中心点。In some embodiments, the reference point used to construct the local coordinate system may be a reference point in the first device, for example, the center point of the first device; or, may be a reference point outside the first device, for example, the center point of the second device.

在一些实施例中,用于构建本地坐标系统的坐标轴可以包括以下至少一项:所述第一设备的径向轴、所述第一设备的横轴;或者所述第一设备的垂直轴;或者指定的x轴、y轴或z轴。 In some embodiments, the coordinate axes used to construct the local coordinate system may include at least one of the following: a radial axis of the first device, a lateral axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device; or a specified x-axis, y-axis, or z-axis.

需要说明的是,所述第一设备的径向轴、所述第一设备的横轴和所述第一设备的垂直轴可以为基于第一设备的形状或使用方式确定的坐标轴。It should be noted that the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device may be coordinate axes determined based on the shape or usage of the first device.

例如,如图3B所示,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息指示以第一终端T1的中心点O为参考点,以第一终端T1的径向轴a1、第一终端T1的横轴a2和第一终端T1的垂直轴a3为坐标轴建立本地坐标系统。For example, as shown in Figure 3B, the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, and the first configuration information indicates that a local coordinate system is established with the center point O of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, and with the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1, the horizontal axis a2 of the first terminal T1 and the vertical axis a3 of the first terminal T1 as coordinate axes.

在一些实施例中,第一设备从第二设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,则第一设备的第一参考方向可以基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向来确定。In some embodiments, the first device receives first configuration information from the second device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, and the first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:所第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In some embodiments, the second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system may include at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

例如,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,若所述第一配置信息没有指示参考方向,且所述本地坐标系统是基于第一终端T1的中心点作为参考点构建的,则第一终端T1可以将第一终端T1的径向轴a1作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于第一终端T1的径向轴a1确定方向信息。For example, the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, and the local coordinate system is constructed based on the center point of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, the first terminal T1 can use the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,第一设备从第二设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示参考方向,所述第一设备可以基于第一配置信息指示的参考方向确定第一参考方向。其中,所述第一参考方向可以为所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向也可以不是所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向。例如,可以将第一配置信息指示的参考方向作为第一参考方向,或者,可以从所述第一配置信息指示的多个候选的参考方向中选择以确定第一参考方向,或者,可以将所述第一设备基于自身的需求确定的参考方向作为第一参考方向。In some embodiments, a first device receives first configuration information from a second device, and the first configuration information may be used to indicate a reference direction, and the first device may determine a first reference direction based on the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information. The first reference direction may be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information or may not be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information. For example, the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information may be used as the first reference direction, or the first reference direction may be determined by selecting from a plurality of candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs may be used as the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向可以为全球坐标系统下的第一坐标轴和/或本地坐标系统上的第二坐标轴。其中,所述第一坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;或天顶方向。所述第二坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In some embodiments, the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information may be a first coordinate axis in a global coordinate system and/or a second coordinate axis in a local coordinate system. The first coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction. The second coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第一设备从第二设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示参考坐标系统,以及在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向,第一设备可以基于第一配置信息指示的在参考坐标系统下的参考方向确定第一参考方向。In some embodiments, a first device receives first configuration information from a second device, where the first configuration information can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system and a reference direction under the reference coordinate system, and the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the reference direction under the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.

例如,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息M1,所述第一配置信息M1用于指示全球坐标系统,以及作为参考方向的地理北、地理南和地磁北,第一终端T1可以从第一配置信息M1指示的多个参考方向中选择地理北作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于地理北确定方向信息。For example, the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information M1 from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate a global coordinate system, as well as geographic north, geographic south, and geomagnetic north as reference directions. The first terminal T1 can select geographic north as the first reference direction from multiple reference directions indicated by the first configuration information M1 to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.

例如,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M1,SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M2,公共位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M3。其中,第一配置信息M1用于指示全球坐标系统,没有指示参考方向;第一配置信息M2用于指示参考方向地理北,没有指示参考坐标系统;第三配置信息M3用于指示本地坐标系统,且指示参考方向为第一终端T1的径向轴。 For example, the first terminal T1 receives a SLPP location request message from the second terminal T2, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3. Among them, the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction; the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the reference direction geographic north without indicating the reference coordinate system; the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the local coordinate system, and the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1.

若第一终端T1实际使用SL-RTT定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M1确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为与全球坐标系统对应的默认的参考方向地磁北;If the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-RTT positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M1 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the default reference direction geomagnetic north corresponding to the global coordinate system;

若第一终端T1实际使用SL-AOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M2确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为第一配置信息M2指示的地理北;If the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-AOA positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M2 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the geographic north indicated by the first configuration information M2;

若第一终端T1实际使用其它SL-TDOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M3确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为在本地坐标系统上的第一终端T1的径向轴。If the first terminal T1 actually uses other SL-TDOA positioning methods to perform positioning operations, the first configuration information M3 can be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is a radial axis of the first terminal T1 on the local coordinate system.

在本公开实施例中,第一设备接收到的第一配置信息可以用于指示参考坐标系统;或参考方向,第一设备可以根据第一配置信息指示的内容的不同,采用多种方式来确定第一参考方向。据此,可以对第一终端对应的第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,适用于不同的参考坐标系统,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息。In the disclosed embodiment, the first configuration information received by the first device can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction, and the first device can determine the first reference direction in a variety of ways according to the different contents indicated by the first configuration information. Accordingly, the first reference direction corresponding to the first terminal can be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios and different reference coordinate systems, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.

在一些实施例中,所述参考方向可以包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。In some embodiments, the reference direction may include a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一参考方向可以包括水平面的第一参考方向和/或垂直面的第一参考方向。相应的,在基于第一参考方向确定的方向信息中也可以包括与水平面的第一参考方向相对应的水平面的方向信息和/或与垂直面的第一参考方向相对应的垂直面的方向信息。In some embodiments, the first reference direction may include a first reference direction of a horizontal plane and/or a first reference direction of a vertical plane. Accordingly, the direction information determined based on the first reference direction may also include direction information of a horizontal plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or direction information of a vertical plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the vertical plane.

需要说明的是,所述水平面和垂直面可以是一种绝对的平面,也可以是一种相对的平面。It should be noted that the horizontal plane and the vertical plane can be an absolute plane or a relative plane.

例如,在全球坐标系统下,水平面和垂直面可以是绝对的平面。水平面的参考方向可以包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;所述垂直面的参考方向可以包括天顶方向。For example, in a global coordinate system, the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be absolute planes. The reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; and the reference direction of the vertical plane may include the zenith direction.

例如,在本地坐标系统下,水平面和垂直面可以是相对的平面。水平面的参考方向可以包括以下至少之一:第一设备的径向轴;第一设备的横轴;本地坐标系统的x轴;或本地坐标系统的y轴;垂直面的参考方向可以包括以下至少之一:第一设备的垂直轴,或本地坐标系统的z轴。For example, in the local coordinate system, the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be relative planes. The reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: the radial axis of the first device; the transverse axis of the first device; the x-axis of the local coordinate system; or the y-axis of the local coordinate system; the reference direction of the vertical plane may include at least one of the following: the vertical axis of the first device, or the z-axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施方式中,第一设备接收到第二设备的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向,第一设备可以基于第一配置信息确定水平面的第一参考方向和/或垂直面的第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于水平面的第一参考方向确定水平面的方向信息和/或基于垂直面的第一参考方向确定垂直面的方向信息。In some embodiments, the first device receives first configuration information of the second device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction. The first device can determine the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or the first reference direction of the vertical plane based on the first configuration information, so as to determine the direction information of the horizontal plane based on the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or determine the direction information of the vertical plane based on the first reference direction of the vertical plane when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,若第一配置信息中没有指示与参考坐标系统对应的水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向,则第一设备可以采用与参考坐标系统对应的默认的水平面参考方向作为水平面的第一参考方向,和/或将默认的垂直面参考方向作为垂直面的第一参考方向。或者如果第一配置信息中仅指示与参考坐标系统对应的水平面参考方向,则第一设备可以采用第一配置信息中仅指示的与参考坐标系统对应的水平面参考方向作为水平面的第一参考方向,以及将与参考坐标系统对应的默认的垂直面参考方向作为垂直面的第一参考方向。或者如果第一配置信息中仅指示与参考坐标系统对应的垂直面参考方向,则第一设备可以采用第一配置信息中仅指示的与参考坐标系统对应的垂直面参考方向用为垂直面的第一参考方向,以及将与参考坐标系统对应的默认的水平面参考方向作为水平面的第一参考方向。 In some embodiments, if the first configuration information does not indicate the horizontal plane reference direction and/or the vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may adopt the default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and/or the default vertical plane reference direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane. Or if the first configuration information only indicates the horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may adopt the horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and the default vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the vertical plane. Or if the first configuration information only indicates the vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may adopt the vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the vertical plane, and the default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane.

例如,第一终端T1接收第二终端T2的第一配置信息M1,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示水平面参考方向为地理北,而没有指示垂直面参考方向,则第一终端T1可以将地理北作为水平面的第一参考方向,并且将默认的垂直面参考方向天顶方向作为垂直面的第一参考方向。For example, the first terminal T1 receives the first configuration information M1 of the second terminal T2, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate that the horizontal plane reference direction is the geographic north, but does not indicate the vertical plane reference direction. The first terminal T1 can use the geographic north as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and use the default vertical plane reference direction zenith direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统可以为静态本地坐标系统,所述静态本地坐标系统可以为不会随着第一设备的运动产生变化的本地坐标系统。例如,以第一设备外的参考点、指定的x轴、y轴、z轴构建的本地坐标系统,若所述参考点和指定的x轴、y轴、z轴在断时间内不会发生变化,则可以认为该本地坐标系统为静态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system may be a static local coordinate system, which may be a local coordinate system that does not change with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed with a reference point outside the first device, a specified x-axis, a y-axis, and a z-axis, if the reference point and the specified x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis do not change within a certain period of time, then the local coordinate system may be considered a static local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统可以为动态本地坐标系统,所述动态本地坐标系统可以为会随着第一设备的运动产生变化的本地坐标系统。例如,基于第一设备中的参考点、第一设备的径向轴、第一设备的横轴和第一设备的垂直轴构建的本地坐标系统,由于第一设备中的参考点、第一设备的径向轴、第一设备的横轴和第一设备的垂直轴构建的本地坐标系统会随着第一设备的运动发生变化,则可以认为该本地坐标系统为动态坐标系统。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system may be a dynamic local coordinate system, and the dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device, because the local coordinate system constructed based on the reference point in the first device, the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device changes with the movement of the first device, then the local coordinate system may be considered to be a dynamic coordinate system.

例如,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M1,SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M2,公共位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M3。其中,第一配置信息M1用于指示全球坐标系统,没有指示参考方向;第一配置信息M2用于指示静态本地坐标系统,并指示以该静态本地坐标系统的x轴为参考方向;第三配置信息M3用于指示动态本地坐标系统,且指示参考方向为第一终端T1的径向轴。第一终端在使用SL-AOA定位方法,则可以使用第一配置信息指示的静态本地坐标系统以及该静态本地坐标系统的x轴来执行定位操作,以基于静态本地坐标系统的x轴来确定方向信息。For example, the first terminal T1 receives a SLPP location request message from the second terminal T2, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3. Among them, the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction; the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the static local coordinate system, and indicates that the x-axis of the static local coordinate system is the reference direction; the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the dynamic local coordinate system, and indicates that the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1. If the first terminal uses the SL-AOA positioning method, it can use the static local coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information and the x-axis of the static local coordinate system to perform positioning operations, so as to determine the direction information based on the x-axis of the static local coordinate system.

在一些实施例,第一设备从第二设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,则所述第一配置信息还可以用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数,由于全球坐标系统是一种绝对坐标系统,第一设备可以基于本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数来确定本地坐标系统的相关参数。In some embodiments, a first device receives first configuration information from a second device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system. The first configuration information can also be used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system. Since the global coordinate system is an absolute coordinate system, the first device can determine relevant parameters of the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.

例如,如图3C所示,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息M1,所述第一配置信息M1用于指示本地坐标系统,以及该本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数:轴承角(bearing angle)α,下倾角(downtilt angle)β,斜角(slant angle)γ,第一终端T1可以基于转换参数确定本地坐标系统,以全球坐标系统的坐标轴为如图3C所示的(xo,y0,z0)为例,先以坐标轴z0为中心旋转α角度,形成由(x1,y1,z1)构建的坐标系统,再以坐标轴y1为中心旋转β角度,形成由(x2,y2,z2)构建的坐标系统,最后再以坐标轴x2为中心旋转γ角度,形成由(x3,y3,z3)构建的本地坐标系统。第一终端T1基于得到的本地坐标系统,若第一配置信息M1没有指示参考方向,则可以将本地坐标系统的默认参考角度第一终端T1的径向轴作为第一参考方向,以在第一设备执行定位操作时,基于第一参考方向确定方向信息。For example, as shown in FIG3C , the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information M1 from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate a local coordinate system and conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system: bearing angle α, downtilt angle β, slant angle γ. The first terminal T1 can determine the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters. Taking the coordinate axes of the global coordinate system as (xo, y0, z0) as shown in FIG3C , the coordinate axis is first rotated by an angle of α around the coordinate axis z0 to form a coordinate system constructed by (x1, y1, z1), and then rotated by an angle of β around the coordinate axis y1 to form a coordinate system constructed by (x2, y2, z2), and finally rotated by an angle of γ around the coordinate axis x2 to form a local coordinate system constructed by (x3, y3, z3). Based on the obtained local coordinate system, if the first configuration information M1 does not indicate a reference direction, the first terminal T1 can use the radial axis of the first terminal T1, which is the default reference angle of the local coordinate system, as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction when the first device performs a positioning operation.

在本公开实施例中,通过在第一配置信息中指示本地坐标系统与全球坐标系统的转换参数,从而可以方便第一设备可以通过坐标系统的转换来准确得到本地坐标系统。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, by indicating the conversion parameters between the local coordinate system and the global coordinate system in the first configuration information, it is convenient for the first device to accurately obtain the local coordinate system through the conversion of the coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备执行定位操作得到定位结果,所述定位结果可以包括方向信息,第一设备可以将包括所述方向信息的定位结果进行上报,可以将所述定位结果上报给发送第一配置信息的第二设备,例如第二终端或网络设备LMF,也可以将定位结果发送给指定的其它设备,例如网络设备LMF。 In some embodiments, the first device performs a positioning operation to obtain a positioning result, which may include direction information. The first device may report the positioning result including the direction information, and may report the positioning result to a second device that sends the first configuration information, such as a second terminal or a network device LMF, or may send the positioning result to other designated devices, such as a network device LMF.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备在上报定位信息时,还可以同时上报第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。In some embodiments, when reporting positioning information, the first device may also report second configuration information at the same time, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一设备基于第一配置信息确定第一参考方向。第一设备使用所述第一参考方向执行定位操作,以基于第一参考方向确定方向信息。第一设备将包括方向信息的定位结果进行上报,并同时上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向,也即第一参考方向。In some embodiments, the first device receives first configuration information, and the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information. The first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction. The first device reports a positioning result including direction information, and simultaneously reports second configuration information, wherein the second configuration information includes a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information, that is, the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述第二参考方向;或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。其中,与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统可以为第一设备在确定方向信息时实际使用的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction. The reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may be a reference coordinate system actually used by the first device when determining the direction information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一设备基于第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,以及与第一参考方向对应的第一参考坐标系统,第一设备使用第一参考坐标系统和第一参考方向执行定位操作,以基于第一参考方向确定方向信息。第一设备将包括方向信息的定位结果进行上报,并同时上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向,以及与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统,也即第一参考方向以及与第一参考方向对应的第一参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the first device receives first configuration information, the first device determines a first reference direction and a first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and the first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference coordinate system and the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction. The first device reports a positioning result including direction information and reports second configuration information at the same time, the second configuration information includes a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information, and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, that is, the first reference direction and the first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction.

例如,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一终端T1在执行定位操作时使用的第一参考方向为参考方向A1,以及与参考方向A1对应的坐标系统S1。第一终端T1在使用坐标系统S1和参考方向A1执行定位操作后可以得到定位结果,该定位结果可以包括基于参考方向A1的方向信息。第一终端T1将得到的包含方向信息的定位结果发送给第二终端T2,并且同时向第二终端T2发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息可以用于指示参考方向A1和/或坐标系统S1。For example, the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, and the first configuration information is used to determine that the first reference direction used by the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation is the reference direction A1, and the coordinate system S1 corresponding to the reference direction A1. The first terminal T1 can obtain a positioning result after performing a positioning operation using the coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1, and the positioning result may include direction information based on the reference direction A1. The first terminal T1 sends the obtained positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2, and at the same time sends second configuration information to the second terminal T2, and the second configuration information may be used to indicate the reference direction A1 and/or the coordinate system S1.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备上报的方向信息和第二配置信息可以由同一条消息携带,也可以由不同的消息分别携带。In some embodiments, the direction information and the second configuration information reported by the first device may be carried by the same message or by different messages.

在本公开实施例,第一设备在执行定位操作后,可以将得到的方向信息进行上报,并且还可以上报在执行定位操作时实际使用的第二参考方向,和/或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。据此,可以使获取到方向信息的设备能够准确理解方向信息,并对方向信息加以合理使用。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, after performing the positioning operation, the first device can report the obtained direction information, and can also report the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation, and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction. Accordingly, the device that obtains the direction information can accurately understand the direction information and use the direction information reasonably.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备仅在第二配置信息与第一配置信息指示的内容不同时,才上报第二配置信息,也即第一设备仅在满足以下至少一项时才上报第二配置信息:执行定位操作时实际使用的第二参考方向不同于第一配置信息指示的参考方向,或执行定位操作时实际使用的参考坐标系统不同于第一配置信息指示的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the first device reports the second configuration information only when the content indicated by the second configuration information is different from that indicated by the first configuration information, that is, the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one of the following conditions is met: the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference coordinate system actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.

例如,第一终端T1从第二终端T2接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A1。第一终端T1基于第一配置信息确定参考方向A1不适用,第一终端T1使用参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A2来执行定位操作,并基于参考方向A2确定方向信息。第一终端T1将包括方向信息的定位结果发送给第二终端T2,并同时向第二终端T2发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示参考方向A2。For example, the first terminal T1 receives first configuration information from the second terminal T2, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1. The first terminal T1 determines that the reference direction A1 is not applicable based on the first configuration information, and the first terminal T1 performs a positioning operation using the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2, and determines the direction information based on the reference direction A2. The first terminal T1 sends the positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2, and simultaneously sends second configuration information to the second terminal T2, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference direction A2.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备上报的第二配置信息指示的参考坐标系统可以包括全球坐标系统,或者本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system indicated by the second configuration information reported by the first device may include a global coordinate system or a local coordinate system.

需要说明的是,所述第一设备上报的第二配置信息指示的内容和方式可以与上述 实施例中接收到的第一配置信息指示的内容和方式可以相同,也可以不同,重复的部分,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the content and method of the second configuration information reported by the first device can be the same as the above The content and manner of the first configuration information received in the embodiment may be the same or different, and the repeated parts will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统为本地坐标系统时,所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统可以包括静态本地坐标系统和动态本地坐标系统。其中,动态本地坐标系统可以为会随着第一设备的运动产生变化的本地坐标系统。例如,基于第一设备中的参考点、第一设备的径向轴、第一设备的横轴和第一设备的垂直轴构建的本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, when the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction is a local coordinate system, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may include a static local coordinate system and a dynamic local coordinate system. The dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device.

在一些实施例中,第一设备在执行定位操作并上报包含方向信息的定位结果时,若确定所述第一设备实际使用的第二参考方向对应参考坐标系统为动态本地坐标系统,则第一设备上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示第二参考方向和/或与第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, when the first device performs a positioning operation and reports a positioning result including direction information, if it is determined that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction actually used by the first device is a dynamic local coordinate system, the first device reports second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the second reference direction and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第一设备执行定位操作后,可以上报得到的定位结果,并上报第二配置信息,若所述第二配置信息指示的与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,则所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, after the first device performs a positioning operation, it can report the obtained positioning results and report second configuration information. If the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction indicated by the second configuration information includes a local coordinate system, then the second configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备仅在能够上报转换参数时,才在第二配置信息中指示转换参数。In some embodiments, the first device indicates the conversion parameter in the second configuration information only when the conversion parameter can be reported.

例如,第一终端T1接收第二终端T2的第一配置信息,第一终端T1实际基于参考方向A1和参考坐标系统S1执行定位操作,以基于参考方向A1确定方向信息。第一终端T1将得到的包含方向信息的定位结果发送给第二终端T2,同时,若参考坐标系统S1为本地坐标系统且第一终端T1能够确定参考坐标系统S1与全球坐标系统之间的转换参数,则所述第一终端T1还可以向第二终端T2发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统S1,以及参考坐标系统S1与全球坐标系统之间的转换参数。For example, the first terminal T1 receives the first configuration information of the second terminal T2, and the first terminal T1 actually performs a positioning operation based on the reference direction A1 and the reference coordinate system S1 to determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1. The first terminal T1 sends the obtained positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2. At the same time, if the reference coordinate system S1 is a local coordinate system and the first terminal T1 can determine the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system, the first terminal T1 can also send the second configuration information to the second terminal T2, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备可以确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息。其中,所述第二配置信息所指示的信息可以包括以下至少之一:第二参考方向;与第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统;或本地坐标系统与全球坐标系统之间的转换参数。In some embodiments, the first device may determine at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and send the second configuration information to the second device. The information indicated by the second configuration information may include at least one of the following: a second reference direction; a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction; or a conversion parameter between a local coordinate system and a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备可以在确定第二配置信息的至少一项信息与接收到的第一配置信息所指示的至少一项信息不同时,才上报该第二配置信息。In some embodiments, the first device may report the second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of information in the second configuration information is different from at least one item of information indicated by the received first configuration information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备可以在确定第二配置信息中的至少一项信息与之前上报的第二配置信息中的至少一项信息发生发更时,才上报新的第二配置信息,可以包括新的第二参考方向、新的参考坐标系统、或者新的本地坐标系统与全球坐标系统之间的转换参数中的至少一项。In some embodiments, the first device may report new second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of information in the second configuration information has changed compared with at least one item of information in the previously reported second configuration information, which may include a new second reference direction, a new reference coordinate system, or at least one of the conversion parameters between the new local coordinate system and the global coordinate system.

例如,第一终端T1在执行上一次定位操作时,使用了参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A1,并基于参考方向A1确定方向信息;第一终端T1向第二终端T2上报方向信息,并上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A1。第一终端T1在执行当前定位操作时,使用了参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A2,并基于参考方向A2确定方向信息;第一终端T1向第二终端T2上报方向信息,并上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示发生变更的参考方向A2。For example, when the first terminal T1 performs the last positioning operation, the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1 are used, and the direction information is determined based on the reference direction A1; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1. When the first terminal T1 performs the current positioning operation, the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2 are used, and the direction information is determined based on the reference direction A2; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the changed reference direction A2.

在本公开实施例中,第一设备仅在第二配置信息指示的至少一项内容发生变更时,才上报第二配置信息,从而可以节省通信资源和能耗,提高通信的效率。 In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one content indicated by the second configuration information changes, thereby saving communication resources and energy consumption and improving communication efficiency.

第二方面,本公开的实施例提出了定位方法。图4是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种定位方法的示意流程图。本实施例所示的定位方法可以由第二设备执行,其中所述第二调可以为除第一设备外的第二终端,也可以为网络设备,所述第二终端可以为Target UE、anchor UE或服务终端(Server UE),所述网络设备可以为接入网设备或核心网设备,例如可以为LMF。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a positioning method. FIG4 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The positioning method shown in this embodiment can be executed by a second device, wherein the second device can be a second terminal other than the first device, or a network device, the second terminal can be a Target UE, an anchor UE or a service terminal (Server UE), and the network device can be an access network device or a core network device, for example, an LMF.

如图4所示,定位方法可以包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG4 , the positioning method may include the following steps:

在步骤S401中,向第一设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。In step S401, first configuration information is sent to a first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以向第一设备发送第一配置信息,以使第一设备可以基于所述第一配置信息来确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为在对所述第一设备进行定位时所基于的参考方向。例如,在进一步的实施例中,所述第一设备可以基于第一参考方向执行定位操作。第二设备可以从第一设备接收定位结果,该定位结果可以包括相对于该第一参考方向的方向信息。In some embodiments, the second device may send first configuration information to the first device so that the first device may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is a reference direction based on which the first device is positioned. For example, in a further embodiment, the first device may perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction. The second device may receive a positioning result from the first device, where the positioning result may include direction information relative to the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备确定的第一参考方向可以是所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向,或者,所述第一参考方向可以从所述第一配置信息指示的多个候选的参考方向中选择确定,或者,所述第一参考方向可以是所述第一设备基于自身的需求确定的参考方向。In some embodiments, the first reference direction determined by the first device may be a reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be selected and determined from a plurality of candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or, the first reference direction may be a reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs.

例如,LMF向第一终端T1发送的第一配置信息中可以包括多套第一配置信息,以三套第一配置信息M1、M2、M3为例,第一配置信息M1、M2、M3分别用于指示候选的参考方向A1、A2、A3。若第一终端T1从三套第一配置信息中选择使用与参考方向A1相对应的第一配置信息M1,也即第一终端T1将参考方向A1确定为第一参考方向,则第一终端T1可以使用第一配置信息M1执行定位操作,得到的定位结果中包含由参考方向A1确定的方向信息。For example, the first configuration information sent by the LMF to the first terminal T1 may include multiple sets of first configuration information. Taking three sets of first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 as examples, the first configuration information M1, M2, and M3 are used to indicate candidate reference directions A1, A2, and A3, respectively. If the first terminal T1 selects to use the first configuration information M1 corresponding to the reference direction A1 from the three sets of first configuration information, that is, the first terminal T1 determines the reference direction A1 as the first reference direction, then the first terminal T1 can use the first configuration information M1 to perform a positioning operation, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined by the reference direction A1.

例如,第二终端T2可以向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息M1,第一配置信息M1用于指示参考方向A1,以使第一终端T1可以进一步确定所述第一配置信息M1是否适用。若所述第一终端确定第一配置信息M1不适用,则所述第一终端T1可以不基于参考方向A1确定方向信息,而将参考方向A2确定为第一参考方向。第一终端T1可以基于参考方向A2执行定位操作,得到的定位结果中包含基于参考方向A2确定的方向信息。For example, the second terminal T2 may send the first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the reference direction A1, so that the first terminal T1 may further determine whether the first configuration information M1 is applicable. If the first terminal determines that the first configuration information M1 is not applicable, the first terminal T1 may not determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1, but may determine the reference direction A2 as the first reference direction. The first terminal T1 may perform a positioning operation based on the reference direction A2, and the obtained positioning result includes the direction information determined based on the reference direction A2.

在一些实施例中,若第一设备没有接收到第一配置信息,则所述第一设备可以将默认的参考方向作为第一参考方向。其中,所述默认的参考方向可以为终端保存的在没有接收到第一配置信息的情况下所基于的参考方向,也可以为所述第一设备上一次执行定位操作时所基于的参考方向。In some embodiments, if the first device does not receive the first configuration information, the first device may use a default reference direction as the first reference direction. The default reference direction may be a reference direction based on the first configuration information not received and saved by the terminal, or may be a reference direction based on the last positioning operation performed by the first device.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以从第一设备接收定位结果。In some embodiments, the second device may receive the positioning result from the first device.

需要说明的是,所述方向信息可以是相对于第一参考方向的一个角度值,可以是在第一参考方向所在的参考平面上,相对于第一参考方向测量得到的一个角度值,例如,可以为水平面上的方位角(Azimuth)或者垂直面上的仰角(Elevation)。若在水平面上以地理北(North)为第一参考方向,则第一终端T1确定的基于第一参考方向的方向信息可以为水平面上相对于地理北的Azimuth进行顺时针旋转或者逆时针旋转后测量得到的方位角。若在垂直面上以天顶(Zenith)方向为第一参考方向,则第一终端T1确定的基于第一参考方向的方向信息可以为垂直面上相对于Zenith进行顺时针旋转或者逆时针旋转后得到的仰角。It should be noted that the direction information may be an angle value relative to the first reference direction, or an angle value measured relative to the first reference direction on a reference plane where the first reference direction is located, for example, an azimuth on a horizontal plane or an elevation on a vertical plane. If the geographic north (North) is used as the first reference direction on the horizontal plane, the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the azimuth measured after rotating Azimuth relative to the geographic north on the horizontal plane clockwise or counterclockwise. If the zenith (Zenith) direction is used as the first reference direction on the vertical plane, the direction information based on the first reference direction determined by the first terminal T1 may be the elevation obtained after rotating clockwise or counterclockwise relative to Zenith on the vertical plane.

需要说明的是,图4所示实施例可以独立实施,也可以与本公开中至少一个其他 实施例结合实施,具体可以根据需要选择,本公开并不限制。It should be noted that the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 can be implemented independently or in combination with at least one other embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiments may be combined for implementation and may be selected as needed, and the present disclosure is not limited thereto.

本公开实施例中,第一设备可以根据接收到的第一配置信息来确定第一参考方向,再基于第一参考方向执行定位操作,以基于所述第一参考方向确定的方向信息。据此,可以对第一终端对应的第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first device can determine the first reference direction according to the received first configuration information, and then perform a positioning operation based on the first reference direction to obtain direction information determined based on the first reference direction. Accordingly, the first reference direction corresponding to the first terminal can be flexibly configured to make it suitable for different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.

在一些实施例中,第一设备执行的定位操作可以采用铡边链路定位或Uu接口定位,其中,对于侧边链路定位,所述第二设备向第一设备发送的第一配置信息可以包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中;对于Uu接口定位,所述第二设备向第一设备发送的第一配置信息可以包含在LPP消息中,或者还可以包含在无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)消息中。In some embodiments, the positioning operation performed by the first device may adopt side link positioning or Uu interface positioning, wherein, for side link positioning, the first configuration information sent by the second device to the first device may be included in a side link positioning protocol SLPP message; for Uu interface positioning, the first configuration information sent by the second device to the first device may be included in an LPP message, or may also be included in a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message.

例如,第二终端T2可以向第二终端T1发送SLPP消息,所述SLPP消息携带有第一配置信息,第一终端T1可以基于该第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,以用于在执行定位操作时确定参考方向。For example, the second terminal T2 may send a SLPP message to the second terminal T1, where the SLPP message carries first configuration information, and the first terminal T1 may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information for determining a reference direction when performing a positioning operation.

所述第二设备向第一设备发送到的SLPP消息可以为第一设备在执行定位操作的过程中,第二设备与第一设备之间交互的SLPP消息中的任一消息。在一些实施例中,第二设备可以通过向第一设备发送SLPP位置请求消息请求获取第一设备的位置信息,所述SLPP位置请求消息包含有所述第一配置信息。The SLPP message sent by the second device to the first device can be any of the SLPP messages exchanged between the second device and the first device during the process of the first device performing a positioning operation. In some embodiments, the second device can request the location information of the first device by sending a SLPP location request message to the first device, and the SLPP location request message includes the first configuration information.

所述SLPP位置请求消息可以包括多个信元(Information Element,IE),所述第一配置信息可以由所述SLPP位置请求消息中的至少一个指定的信元携带。在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息可以包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:公共位置信息请求IE;侧边链路往返时延(Sidelink multiple Round-Trip Time,SL-RTT)位置信息请求IE;或侧边链路到达角度(Sidelink Angle of Arrival,SL-AOA)位置信息请求IE。The SLPP location request message may include multiple information elements (IEs), and the first configuration information may be carried by at least one designated information element in the SLPP location request message. In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be included in at least one of the following information element IEs of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a sidelink multiple round-trip time (SL-RTT) location information request IE; or a sidelink angle of arrival (SL-AOA) location information request IE.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以基于第一配置信息适用的定位方法,由与适用的定位方法对应的信元来携带对应的第一配置信息。例如,若第一配置信息M1适用于SL-RTT定位方法,则可以由SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带第一配置信息M1。若第一配置信息M2适用于SL-AOA定位方法,则可以由SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带第一配置信息M2。若第一配置信息M3可以适用于任一定位方法,则可以由公共位置信息请求IE携带第一配置信息M3。In some embodiments, the second device may carry the corresponding first configuration information based on the positioning method to which the first configuration information is applicable, by an information element corresponding to the applicable positioning method. For example, if the first configuration information M1 is applicable to the SL-RTT positioning method, the first configuration information M1 may be carried by the SL-RTT location information request IE. If the first configuration information M2 is applicable to the SL-AOA positioning method, the first configuration information M2 may be carried by the SL-AOA location information request IE. If the first configuration information M3 can be applicable to any positioning method, the first configuration information M3 may be carried by the public location information request IE.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以基于第一设备使用的定位方法确定第一配置信息,并可以基于使用的定位方法,由SLPP位置请求消息中与使用的定位方法对应的信元携带该第一配置信息。In some embodiments, the second device may determine the first configuration information based on the positioning method used by the first device, and may carry the first configuration information in an information element corresponding to the positioning method used in the SLPP location request message based on the positioning method used.

例如,第二终端T2确定第一终端T1使用SL-AOA定位方法,则可以以将适配于SL-AOA定位方法的第一配置信息M1发送给第一终端T1。第二终端T2可以通过SLPP位置请求消息中的SL-AOA位置信息请求IE或者公共位置信息请求IE携带该第一配置信息M1。For example, if the second terminal T2 determines that the first terminal T1 uses the SL-AOA positioning method, the first configuration information M1 adapted to the SL-AOA positioning method can be sent to the first terminal T1. The second terminal T2 can carry the first configuration information M1 through the SL-AOA location information request IE or the public location information request IE in the SLPP location request message.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以向第一设备发送SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的第一信元中携带有第一配置信息。第一设备可以从SLPP位置请求消息中提取第一配置信息,并基于携带第一配置信息的第一信元,确定该第一配置信息适用的第一定位方法。所述第一设备可以基于实际使用的定位方法来确定是否使用该第一配置信息,若所述第一设备使用了第一定位方法执行定位操作,则可以基于该第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,并使用该第一参考方向确定方向信息。 In some embodiments, the second device may send a SLPP location request message to the first device, wherein the first information element of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information. The first device may extract the first configuration information from the SLPP location request message, and determine the first positioning method applicable to the first configuration information based on the first information element carrying the first configuration information. The first device may determine whether to use the first configuration information based on the positioning method actually used. If the first device uses the first positioning method to perform a positioning operation, it may determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and use the first reference direction to determine the direction information.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以向第一设备发送SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的多个信元中可以携带有多套第一配置信息。第一设备可以基于实际使用的定位方法,使用与实际使用的定位方法对应第一配置信息执行定位操作,以确定第一参考方向,并使用该第一参考方向确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the second device may send a SLPP location request message to the first device, and multiple information elements of the SLPP location request message may carry multiple sets of first configuration information. The first device may perform a positioning operation based on the positioning method actually used and using the first configuration information corresponding to the positioning method actually used to determine the first reference direction, and use the first reference direction to determine the direction information.

例如,第二终端T2可以向第一终端T1发送SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M1,SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M2,公共位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M3。若第一终端T1实际使用SL-RTT定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M1确定第一参考方向;若第一终端T1实际使用SL-AOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M2确定第一参考方向;若第一终端T1实际使用其它SL-TDOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M3确定第一参考方向。For example, the second terminal T2 may send a SLPP location request message to the first terminal T1, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3. If the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-RTT positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M1 may be used to determine the first reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-AOA positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M2 may be used to determine the first reference direction; if the first terminal T1 actually uses other SL-TDOA positioning methods to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M3 may be used to determine the first reference direction.

在本公开实施例中,第二设备可以通过向第一设备发送携带第一配置信息的SLPP消息,使第一设备可以确定第一参考方向,从而可以在第一设备执行侧边链路定位的过程中,对第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息,还可以方便各类应用对于方向信息的使用。In the disclosed embodiment, the second device can send an SLPP message carrying first configuration information to the first device, so that the first device can determine the first reference direction. Thus, during the process of the first device performing side link positioning, the first reference direction can be flexibly configured to make it suitable for different application scenarios, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information and can also facilitate the use of direction information by various applications.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示以下至少一项:参考坐标系统;或参考方向。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统,以使第一设备可以基于该参考坐标系统确定第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于所述第一参考方向确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the second device may send first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a reference coordinate system so that the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the reference coordinate system, and determine direction information based on the first reference direction when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,所述参考坐标系统可以包括以下至少之一:全球坐标系统;或本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system may include at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以与第一设备约定或者为第一设备配置与各个参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向。第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统,若第一配置信息中没有指示与该参考坐标系统对应的参考方向,则第一设备可以将与参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于与参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the second device may agree with the first device or configure the first device with default reference directions corresponding to various reference coordinate systems. The second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may use the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction, so as to determine direction information based on the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,参考坐标系统对应的默认参考方向可以为参考坐标系统对应的坐标轴的方向。In some embodiments, the default reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system may be the direction of a coordinate axis corresponding to the reference coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,以使第一设备的第一参考方向可以基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向来确定。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system so that a first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:地理北(geographical North);地理南(geographical South);地理西(geographical West);地理东(geographical East);地磁北(magnetic North);地磁南(magnetic South);地磁西(magnetic West);地磁东(magnetic East);天顶Zenith方向。In some embodiments, the first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system may include at least one of the following: geographic North; geographic South; geographic West; geographic East; magnetic North; magnetic South; magnetic West; magnetic East; and zenith direction.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,若所述第一配置信息没有指示参考方向,则第一终端可以将地理北作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于地理北确定方向信息。For example, the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, the first terminal may use geographic north as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,所述第二设备向第一设备发送的第一配置信息可以用于指示本地坐标系统。由于本地坐标系统可以基于参考点和/或坐标轴构建的,第二设备向第一设 备发送的第一配置信息可以用于指示用于建立本地坐标系统的参考点和/或坐标轴。In some embodiments, the first configuration information sent by the second device to the first device may be used to indicate a local coordinate system. Since the local coordinate system may be constructed based on reference points and/or coordinate axes, the second device may send the first configuration information to the first device. The first configuration information sent by the device may be used to indicate a reference point and/or a coordinate axis for establishing a local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,用于构建本地坐标系统的参考点可以为所述第一设备中的参考点,例如,第一设备的中心点;或者,可以为所述第一设备外的参考点,例如,第二设备的中心点。In some embodiments, the reference point used to construct the local coordinate system may be a reference point in the first device, for example, the center point of the first device; or, may be a reference point outside the first device, for example, the center point of the second device.

在一些实施例中,用于构建本地坐标系统的坐标轴可以包括以下至少一项:所述第一设备的径向轴、所述第一设备的横轴;或者所述第一设备的垂直轴;或者指定的x轴、y轴或z轴。In some embodiments, the coordinate axes used to construct the local coordinate system may include at least one of the following: a radial axis of the first device, a lateral axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device; or a specified x-axis, y-axis, or z-axis.

需要说明的是,所述第一设备的径向轴、所述第一设备的横轴和所述第一设备的垂直轴可以为基于第一设备的形状或使用方式确定的坐标轴。It should be noted that the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device may be coordinate axes determined based on the shape or usage of the first device.

例如,如图3B所示,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息指示以第一终端T1的中心点O为参考点,以第一终端T1的径向轴a1、第一终端T1的横轴a2和第一终端T1的垂直轴a3为坐标轴建立本地坐标系统。For example, as shown in Figure 3B, the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, and the first configuration information indicates that a local coordinate system is established with the center point O of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, and with the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1, the horizontal axis a2 of the first terminal T1 and the vertical axis a3 of the first terminal T1 as coordinate axes.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,则第一设备的第一参考方向可以基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向来确定。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, and the first reference direction of the first device can be determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:所第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In some embodiments, the second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system may include at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,若所述第一配置信息没有指示参考方向,且所述本地坐标系统是基于第一终端T1的中心点作为参考点构建的,则第一终端T1可以将第一终端T1的径向轴a1作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于第一终端T1的径向轴a1确定方向信息。For example, the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system. If the first configuration information does not indicate a reference direction, and the local coordinate system is constructed based on the center point of the first terminal T1 as a reference point, the first terminal T1 can use the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 as the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the radial axis a1 of the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示参考方向,所述第一设备可以基于第一配置信息指示的参考方向确定第一参考方向。其中,所述第一参考方向可以为所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向也可以不是所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向。例如,可以将第一配置信息指示的参考方向作为第一参考方向,或者,可以从所述第一配置信息指示的多个候选的参考方向中选择以确定第一参考方向,或者,可以将所述第一设备基于自身的需求确定的参考方向作为第一参考方向。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a reference direction, and the first device can determine the first reference direction based on the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information. The first reference direction may be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information or may not be the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information. For example, the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information can be used as the first reference direction, or the first reference direction can be determined by selecting from multiple candidate reference directions indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference direction determined by the first device based on its own needs can be used as the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息指示的参考方向可以为全球坐标系统下的第一坐标轴和/或本地坐标系统上的第二坐标轴。其中,所述第一坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;或天顶方向。所述第二坐标轴可以包括以下至少之一:所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In some embodiments, the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information may be a first coordinate axis in a global coordinate system and/or a second coordinate axis in a local coordinate system. The first coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; or zenith direction. The second coordinate axis may include at least one of the following: a radial axis of the first device; a horizontal axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示参考坐标系统,以及在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向,以使第一设备可以基于第一配置信息指示的在参考坐标系统下的参考方向确定第一参考方向。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system and a reference direction under the reference coordinate system, so that the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the reference direction under the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息M1,所述第一配置信息M1用于指示全球坐标系统,以及作为参考方向的地理北、地理南和地磁北,第一终端 T1可以从第一配置信息M1指示的多个参考方向中选择地理北作为第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于地理北确定方向信息。For example, the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system, as well as geographic north, geographic south, and geomagnetic north as reference directions. T1 may select geographic north as the first reference direction from the multiple reference directions indicated by the first configuration information M1, so as to determine direction information based on geographic north when performing a positioning operation.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M1,SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M2,公共位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M3。其中,第一配置信息M1用于指示全球坐标系统,没有指示参考方向;第一配置信息M2用于指示参考方向地理北,没有指示参考坐标系统;第三配置信息M3用于指示本地坐标系统,且指示参考方向为第一终端T1的径向轴。For example, the second terminal T2 sends a SLPP location request message to the first terminal T1, wherein the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3. Among them, the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction; the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the reference direction geographic north without indicating the reference coordinate system; the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the local coordinate system, and the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1.

若第一终端T1实际使用SL-RTT定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M1确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为与全球坐标系统对应的默认的参考方向地磁北;If the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-RTT positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M1 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the default reference direction geomagnetic north corresponding to the global coordinate system;

若第一终端T1实际使用SL-AOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M2确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为第一配置信息M2指示的地理北;If the first terminal T1 actually uses the SL-AOA positioning method to perform a positioning operation, the first configuration information M2 may be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is the geographic north indicated by the first configuration information M2;

若第一终端T1实际使用其它SL-TDOA定位方法执行定位操作,则可以使用第一配置信息M3确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向为在本地坐标系统上的第一终端T1的径向轴。If the first terminal T1 actually uses other SL-TDOA positioning methods to perform positioning operations, the first configuration information M3 can be used to determine a first reference direction, where the first reference direction is a radial axis of the first terminal T1 on the local coordinate system.

在本公开实施例中,第二设备发送的第一配置信息可以用于指示参考坐标系统;或参考方向,以使第一设备可以根据第一配置信息指示的内容的不同,采用多种方式来确定第一参考方向。据此,可以对第一终端对应的第一参考方向进行灵活配置,使其适用于不同的应用场景,适用于不同的参考坐标系统,有利于得到更加准确的方向信息。In the disclosed embodiment, the first configuration information sent by the second device can be used to indicate a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction, so that the first device can determine the first reference direction in a variety of ways according to the different contents indicated by the first configuration information. Accordingly, the first reference direction corresponding to the first terminal can be flexibly configured to be applicable to different application scenarios and different reference coordinate systems, which is conducive to obtaining more accurate direction information.

在一些实施例中,所述参考方向可以包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。In some embodiments, the reference direction may include a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一参考方向可以包括水平面的第一参考方向和/或垂直面的第一参考方向。相应的,在基于第一参考方向确定的方向信息中也可以包括与水平面的第一参考方向相对应的水平面的方向信息和/或与垂直面的第一参考方向相对应的垂直面的方向信息。In some embodiments, the first reference direction may include a first reference direction of a horizontal plane and/or a first reference direction of a vertical plane. Accordingly, the direction information determined based on the first reference direction may also include direction information of a horizontal plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or direction information of a vertical plane corresponding to the first reference direction of the vertical plane.

需要说明的是,所述水平面和垂直面可以是一种绝对的平面,也可以是一种相对的平面。It should be noted that the horizontal plane and the vertical plane can be an absolute plane or a relative plane.

例如,在全球坐标系统下,水平面和垂直面可以是绝对的平面。水平面的参考方向可以包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;所述垂直面的参考方向可以包括天顶方向。For example, in a global coordinate system, the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be absolute planes. The reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; and the reference direction of the vertical plane may include the zenith direction.

例如,在本地坐标系统下,水平面和垂直面可以是相对的平面。水平面的参考方向可以包括以下至少之一:第一设备的径向轴;第一设备的横轴;本地坐标系统的x轴;或本地坐标系统的y轴;垂直面的参考方向可以包括以下至少之一:第一设备的垂直轴,或本地坐标系统的z轴。For example, in the local coordinate system, the horizontal plane and the vertical plane may be relative planes. The reference direction of the horizontal plane may include at least one of the following: the radial axis of the first device; the transverse axis of the first device; the x-axis of the local coordinate system; or the y-axis of the local coordinate system; the reference direction of the vertical plane may include at least one of the following: the vertical axis of the first device, or the z-axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施方式中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向,第一设备可以基于第一配置信息确定水平面的第一参考方向和/或垂直面的第一参考方向,以在执行定位操作时,基于水平面的第一参考方向确定水平面的方向信息和/或基于垂直面的第一参考方向确定垂直面的方向信息。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction. The first device can determine the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or the first reference direction of the vertical plane based on the first configuration information, so as to determine the direction information of the horizontal plane based on the first reference direction of the horizontal plane and/or determine the direction information of the vertical plane based on the first reference direction of the vertical plane when performing a positioning operation.

在一些实施例中,若第一配置信息中没有指示与参考坐标系统对应的水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向,则第一设备可以采用与参考坐标系统对应的默认的水平面参 考方向作为水平面的第一参考方向,和/或将默认的垂直面参考方向作为垂直面的第一参考方向。或者如果第一配置信息中仅指示与参考坐标系统对应的水平面参考方向,则第一设备可以采用第一配置信息中仅指示的与参考坐标系统对应的水平面参考方向作为水平面的第一参考方向,以及将与参考坐标系统对应的默认的垂直面参考方向作为垂直面的第一参考方向。或者如果第一配置信息中仅指示与参考坐标系统对应的垂直面参考方向,则第一设备可以采用第一配置信息中仅指示的与参考坐标系统对应的垂直面参考方向用为垂直面的第一参考方向,以及将与参考坐标系统对应的默认的水平面参考方向作为水平面的第一参考方向。In some embodiments, if the first configuration information does not indicate a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may use a default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system. The first device may use the horizontal plane reference direction as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and/or use the default vertical plane reference direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane. Or if the first configuration information only indicates the horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may use the horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and use the default vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the vertical plane. Or if the first configuration information only indicates the vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system, the first device may use the vertical plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system indicated in the first configuration information as the first reference direction of the vertical plane, and use the default horizontal plane reference direction corresponding to the reference coordinate system as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息M1,所述第一配置信息可以用于指示水平面参考方向为地理北,而没有指示垂直面参考方向,则第一终端T1可以将地理北作为水平面的第一参考方向,并且将默认的垂直面参考方向天顶方向作为垂直面的第一参考方向。For example, the second terminal T2 sends the first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1, and the first configuration information can be used to indicate that the horizontal plane reference direction is the geographic north, but does not indicate the vertical plane reference direction. The first terminal T1 can use the geographic north as the first reference direction of the horizontal plane, and use the default vertical plane reference direction zenith direction as the first reference direction of the vertical plane.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统可以为静态本地坐标系统,所述静态本地坐标系统可以为不会随着第一设备的运动产生变化的本地坐标系统。例如,以第一设备外的参考点、指定的x轴、y轴、z轴构建的本地坐标系统,若所述参考点和指定的x轴、y轴、z轴在断时间内不会发生变化,则可以认为该本地坐标系统为静态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system may be a static local coordinate system, which may be a local coordinate system that does not change with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed with a reference point outside the first device, a specified x-axis, a y-axis, and a z-axis, if the reference point and the specified x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis do not change within a certain period of time, then the local coordinate system may be considered a static local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统可以为动态本地坐标系统,所述动态本地坐标系统可以为会随着第一设备的运动产生变化的本地坐标系统。例如,基于第一设备中的参考点、第一设备的径向轴、第一设备的横轴和第一设备的垂直轴构建的本地坐标系统,由于第一设备中的参考点、第一设备的径向轴、第一设备的横轴和第一设备的垂直轴构建的本地坐标系统会随着第一设备的运动发生变化,则可以认为该本地坐标系统为动态坐标系统。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system may be a dynamic local coordinate system, and the dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device, because the local coordinate system constructed based on the reference point in the first device, the radial axis of the first device, the horizontal axis of the first device, and the vertical axis of the first device changes with the movement of the first device, then the local coordinate system may be considered to be a dynamic coordinate system.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送SLPP位置请求消息,所述SLPP位置请求消息的SL-RTT位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M1,SL-AOA位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M2,公共位置信息请求IE携带有第一配置信息M3。其中,第一配置信息M1用于指示全球坐标系统,没有指示参考方向;第一配置信息M2用于指示静态本地坐标系统,并指示以该静态本地坐标系统的x轴为参考方向;第三配置信息M3用于指示动态本地坐标系统,且指示参考方向为第一终端T1的径向轴。第一终端在使用SL-AOA定位方法,则可以使用第一配置信息指示的静态本地坐标系统以及该静态本地坐标系统的x轴来执行定位操作,以基于静态本地坐标系统的x轴来确定方向信息。For example, the second terminal T2 sends a SLPP location request message to the first terminal T1, and the SL-RTT location information request IE of the SLPP location request message carries the first configuration information M1, the SL-AOA location information request IE carries the first configuration information M2, and the public location information request IE carries the first configuration information M3. Among them, the first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the global coordinate system without indicating the reference direction; the first configuration information M2 is used to indicate the static local coordinate system, and indicates that the x-axis of the static local coordinate system is the reference direction; the third configuration information M3 is used to indicate the dynamic local coordinate system, and indicates that the reference direction is the radial axis of the first terminal T1. If the first terminal uses the SL-AOA positioning method, it can use the static local coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information and the x-axis of the static local coordinate system to perform positioning operations to determine the direction information based on the x-axis of the static local coordinate system.

在一些实施例,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,则所述第一配置信息还可以用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数,由于全球坐标系统是一种绝对坐标系统,第一设备可以基于本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数来确定本地坐标系统的相关参数。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system. The first configuration information can also be used to indicate conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system. Since the global coordinate system is an absolute coordinate system, the first device can determine relevant parameters of the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system.

例如,如图3C所示,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息M1,所述第一配置信息M1用于指示本地坐标系统,以及该本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数:轴承角(bearing angle)α,下倾角(downtilt angle)β,斜角(slant angle)γ,第一终端T1可以基于转换参数确定本地坐标系统,以全球坐标系统的坐标轴为如图3C所示的(xo,y0,z0)为例,先以坐标轴z0为中心旋转α角度,形成由(x1,y1,z1)构建的坐标系统,再以坐标轴y1为中心旋转β角度,形成由(x2,y2,z2)构建的坐标系统,最后再以坐标轴x2为中心旋转γ角度,形成由(x3,y3,z3)构建的本地坐标系统。第一终端T1基于得到的本地坐标系统,若第一配置信息M1没有指示参考方向,则可以将本地坐标系统的默认参考角度第一终端T1的径向轴作为第一参考方向,以在第 一设备执行定位操作时,基于第一参考方向确定方向信息。For example, as shown in FIG3C , the second terminal T2 sends the first configuration information M1 to the first terminal T1. The first configuration information M1 is used to indicate the local coordinate system and the conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system: bearing angle α, downtilt angle β, slant angle γ. The first terminal T1 can determine the local coordinate system based on the conversion parameters. Taking the coordinate axis of the global coordinate system as (xo, y0, z0) as shown in FIG3C , the coordinate axis z0 is first rotated by an angle of α to form a coordinate system constructed by (x1, y1, z1), and then the coordinate axis y1 is rotated by an angle of β to form a coordinate system constructed by (x2, y2, z2), and finally the coordinate axis x2 is rotated by an angle of γ to form a local coordinate system constructed by (x3, y3, z3). Based on the obtained local coordinate system, if the first configuration information M1 does not indicate a reference direction, the first terminal T1 can use the default reference angle of the local coordinate system, the radial axis of the first terminal T1, as the first reference direction, to obtain the local coordinate system. When a device performs a positioning operation, direction information is determined based on a first reference direction.

在本公开实施例中,通过在第一配置信息中指示本地坐标系统与全球坐标系统的转换参数,从而可以方便第一设备可以通过坐标系统的转换来准确得到本地坐标系统。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, by indicating the conversion parameters between the local coordinate system and the global coordinate system in the first configuration information, it is convenient for the first device to accurately obtain the local coordinate system through the conversion of the coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,第二设备可以从第一设备接收将包括所述方向信息的定位结果。In some embodiments, the second device may receive a positioning result from the first device that will include the direction information.

在一些实施例中,从第一设备接收到定位信息时,还可以同时从第一设备接收第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。In some embodiments, when receiving positioning information from the first device, second configuration information may also be received from the first device at the same time, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information.

在一些实施例中,第二设备和第一设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一设备基于第一配置信息确定第一参考方向。第一设备使用所述第一参考方向执行定位操作,以基于第一参考方向确定方向信息。第二设备从第一设备接收包括方向信息的定位结果,以及第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向,也即第一参考方向。In some embodiments, the second device and the first device send first configuration information, and the first device determines a first reference direction based on the first configuration information. The first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction. The second device receives a positioning result including direction information and second configuration information from the first device, wherein the second configuration information includes a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining the direction information, that is, the first reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述第二参考方向;或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。其中,与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统可以为第一设备在确定方向信息时实际使用的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction. The reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may be a reference coordinate system actually used by the first device when determining the direction information.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一配置信息,以使所述第一设备可以基于第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,以及与第一参考方向对应的第一参考坐标系统,第一设备使用第一参考坐标系统和第一参考方向执行定位操作,以基于第一参考方向确定方向信息。第二设备从第一设备接收包括方向信息的定位结果,以及第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向,以及与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统,也即第一参考方向以及与第一参考方向对应的第一参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the second device sends first configuration information to the first device so that the first device can determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and a first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction, and the first device performs a positioning operation using the first reference coordinate system and the first reference direction to determine direction information based on the first reference direction. The second device receives a positioning result including direction information and second configuration information from the first device, the second configuration information including a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information, and a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction, that is, the first reference direction and the first reference coordinate system corresponding to the first reference direction.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于确定第一终端T1在执行定位操作时使用的第一参考方向为参考方向A1,以及与参考方向A1对应的坐标系统S1。第一终端T1在使用坐标系统S1和参考方向A1执行定位操作后可以得到定位结果,该定位结果可以包括基于参考方向A1的方向信息。第二终端T2从第一终端T1接收包含方向信息的定位结果,并且同时从第一终端T1接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息可以用于指示参考方向A1和/或坐标系统S1。For example, the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, and the first configuration information is used to determine that the first reference direction used by the first terminal T1 when performing a positioning operation is the reference direction A1, and the coordinate system S1 corresponding to the reference direction A1. The first terminal T1 can obtain a positioning result after performing a positioning operation using the coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1, and the positioning result may include direction information based on the reference direction A1. The second terminal T2 receives the positioning result including the direction information from the first terminal T1, and simultaneously receives second configuration information from the first terminal T1, and the second configuration information may be used to indicate the reference direction A1 and/or the coordinate system S1.

在一些实施例中,第二设备从第一设备接收到的方向信息和第二配置信息可以由同一条消息携带,也可以由不同的消息分别携带。In some embodiments, the direction information and the second configuration information received by the second device from the first device may be carried by the same message or by different messages.

在本公开实施例,第二设备可以从第一设备接收通过定位操作得到的方向信息,以及在执行定位操作时实际使用的第二参考方向,和/或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。据此,可以使获取到方向信息的设备能够准确理解方向信息,并对方向信息加以合理使用。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second device may receive direction information obtained through the positioning operation, as well as the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation, and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction from the first device. Accordingly, the device that obtains the direction information can accurately understand the direction information and use the direction information reasonably.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备仅在第二配置信息与第一配置信息指示的内容不同时,才上报第二配置信息,也即第一设备仅在满足以下至少一项时才上报第二配置信息:执行定位操作时实际使用的第二参考方向不同于第一配置信息指示的参考方向,或执行定位操作时实际使用的参考坐标系统不同于第一配置信息指示的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the first device reports the second configuration information only when the content indicated by the second configuration information is different from that indicated by the first configuration information, that is, the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one of the following conditions is met: the second reference direction actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference direction indicated by the first configuration information, or the reference coordinate system actually used when performing the positioning operation is different from the reference coordinate system indicated by the first configuration information.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A1。若第一终端T1基于第一配置信息确定参考方向A1不适用,则第一终端T1可以使用参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A2来执行定位操作,并 基于参考方向A2确定方向信息。第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送包括方向信息的定位结果,并同时向第二终端T2发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示参考方向A2。For example, the second terminal T2 sends first configuration information to the first terminal T1, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1. If the first terminal T1 determines that the reference direction A1 is not applicable based on the first configuration information, the first terminal T1 may use the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2 to perform a positioning operation, and The direction information is determined based on the reference direction A2. The second terminal T2 sends the positioning result including the direction information to the first terminal T1, and simultaneously sends the second configuration information to the second terminal T2, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference direction A2.

在一些实施例中,所述第二设备从第一设备接收到的第二配置信息指示的参考坐标系统可以包括全球坐标系统,或者本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system indicated by the second configuration information received by the second device from the first device may include a global coordinate system or a local coordinate system.

需要说明的是,所述第二设备从第一设备接收到的第二配置信息指示的内容和方式可以与上述实施例中发送的第一配置信息指示的内容和方式可以相同,也可以不同,重复的部分,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the content and manner of the second configuration information indicated by the second device received from the first device may be the same as or different from the content and manner of the first configuration information indicated by the first configuration information sent in the above embodiment, and the repeated parts will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统为本地坐标系统时,所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统可以包括静态本地坐标系统和动态本地坐标系统。其中,动态本地坐标系统可以为会随着第一设备的运动产生变化的本地坐标系统。例如,基于第一设备中的参考点、第一设备的径向轴、第一设备的横轴和第一设备的垂直轴构建的本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, when the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction is a local coordinate system, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction may include a static local coordinate system and a dynamic local coordinate system. The dynamic local coordinate system may be a local coordinate system that changes with the movement of the first device. For example, a local coordinate system constructed based on a reference point in the first device, a radial axis of the first device, a horizontal axis of the first device, and a vertical axis of the first device.

在一些实施例中,第一设备在执行定位操作并上报包含方向信息的定位结果时,若确定所述第一设备实际使用的第二参考方向对应参考坐标系统为动态本地坐标系统,则第一设备上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示第二参考方向和/或与第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, when the first device performs a positioning operation and reports a positioning result including direction information, if it is determined that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction actually used by the first device is a dynamic local coordinate system, the first device reports second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the second reference direction and/or the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.

在一些实施例中,第一设备执行定位操作后,可以上报得到的定位结果,并上报第二配置信息,若所述第二配置信息指示的与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,则所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, after the first device performs a positioning operation, it can report the obtained positioning results and report second configuration information. If the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction indicated by the second configuration information includes a local coordinate system, then the second configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备仅在能够上报转换参数时,才在第二配置信息中指示转换参数。In some embodiments, the first device indicates the conversion parameter in the second configuration information only when the conversion parameter can be reported.

例如,第二终端T2向第一终端T1发送第一配置信息,第一终端T1实际基于参考方向A1和参考坐标系统S1执行定位操作,以基于参考方向A1确定方向信息。第一终端T1将得到的包含方向信息的定位结果发送给第二终端T2,同时,若参考坐标系统S1为本地坐标系统且第一终端T1能够确定参考坐标系统S1与全球坐标系统之间的转换参数,则所述第一终端T1还可以向第二终端T2发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统S1,以及参考坐标系统S1与全球坐标系统之间的转换参数。For example, the second terminal T2 sends the first configuration information to the first terminal T1, and the first terminal T1 actually performs a positioning operation based on the reference direction A1 and the reference coordinate system S1 to determine the direction information based on the reference direction A1. The first terminal T1 sends the obtained positioning result including the direction information to the second terminal T2. At the same time, if the reference coordinate system S1 is a local coordinate system and the first terminal T1 can determine the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system, the first terminal T1 can also send the second configuration information to the second terminal T2, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the conversion parameters between the reference coordinate system S1 and the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备可以确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息。其中,所述第二配置信息所指示的信息可以包括以下至少之一:第二参考方向;与第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统;或本地坐标系统与全球坐标系统之间的转换参数。In some embodiments, the first device may determine at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and send the second configuration information to the second device. The information indicated by the second configuration information may include at least one of the following: a second reference direction; a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction; or a conversion parameter between a local coordinate system and a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备可以在确定第二配置信息的至少一项信息与接收到的第一配置信息所指示的至少一项信息不同时,才上报该第二配置信息。In some embodiments, the first device may report the second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of information in the second configuration information is different from at least one item of information indicated by the received first configuration information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备可以在确定第二配置信息中的至少一项信息与之前上报的第二配置信息中的至少一项信息发生发更时,才上报新的第二配置信息。In some embodiments, the first device may report new second configuration information only when it is determined that at least one item of the second configuration information is changed from at least one item of the second configuration information reported previously.

例如,第一终端T1在执行上一次定位操作时,使用了参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A1,并基于参考方向A1确定方向信息;第一终端T1向第二终端T2上报方向信息,并上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A1。第一终端T1在执行当前定位操作时,使用了参考坐标系统S1和参考方向A2,并基于参考 方向A2确定方向信息;第一终端T1向第二终端T2上报方向信息,并上报第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示发生变更的参考方向A2。For example, when the first terminal T1 performs the last positioning operation, it uses the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1, and determines the direction information based on the reference direction A1; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A1. When the first terminal T1 performs the current positioning operation, it uses the reference coordinate system S1 and the reference direction A2, and determines the direction information based on the reference direction A1. Direction A2 determines direction information; the first terminal T1 reports the direction information to the second terminal T2, and reports second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the changed reference direction A2.

在本公开实施例中,第一设备仅在第二配置信息指示的至少一项内容发生变更时,才上报第二配置信息,从而可以节省通信资源和能耗,提高通信的效率。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first device reports the second configuration information only when at least one content indicated by the second configuration information changes, thereby saving communication resources and energy consumption and improving communication efficiency.

在一些实施例中,信息等的名称不限定于实施例中所记载的名称,“信息(information)”、“消息(message)”、“信号(signal)”、“信令(signaling)”、“报告(report)”、“配置(configuration)”、“指示(indication)”、“指令(instruction)”、“命令(command)”、“信道”、“参数(parameter)”、“域”、“字段”、“符号(symbol)”、“码元(symbol)”、“码本(codebook)”、“码字(codeword)”、“码点(codepoint)”、“比特(bit)”、“数据(data)”、“程序(program)”、“码片(chip)”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the names of information, etc. are not limited to the names recorded in the embodiments, and terms such as "information", "message", "signal", "signaling", "report", "configuration", "indication", "instruction", "command", "channel", "parameter", "domain", "field", "symbol", "symbol", "code element", "codebook", "codeword", "codepoint", "bit", "data", "program", and "chip" can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“时刻”、“时间点”、“时间”、“时间位置”等术语可以相互替换,“时长”、“时段”、“时间窗口”、“窗口”、“时间”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "moment", "time point", "time", and "time position" can be interchangeable, and terms such as "duration", "period", "time window", "window", and "time" can be interchangeable.

在一些实施例中,“分量载波(component carrier,CC)”、“小区(cell)”、“频率载波(frequency carrier)”、“载波频率(carrier frequency)”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "component carrier (CC)", "cell", "frequency carrier", and "carrier frequency" can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“获取”、“获得”、“得到”、“接收”、“传输”、“双向传输”、“发送和/或接收”可以相互替换,其可以解释为从其他主体接收,从协议中获取,从高层获取,自身处理得到、自主实现等多种含义。In some embodiments, "obtain", "obtain", "get", "receive", "transmit", "bidirectional transmission", "send and/or receive" can be interchangeable, and can be interpreted as receiving from other entities, obtaining from protocols, obtaining from high levels, obtaining by self-processing, autonomous implementation, etc.

在一些实施例中,“发送”、“发射”、“上报”、“下发”、“传输”、“双向传输”、“发送和/或接收”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "send", "transmit", "report", "send", "transmit", "bidirectional transmission", "send and/or receive" can be used interchangeably.

与前述的定位方法的实施例相对应地,本公开还提供了终端和网络设备的实施例。Corresponding to the aforementioned embodiments of the positioning method, the present disclosure also provides embodiments of a terminal and a network device.

本公开的实施例还提出一种终端,包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述网络设备执行上述实施例所描述的定位方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure further proposes a terminal, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in the above embodiment.

图5是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种终端的装置结构示意框图。如图5所示,所述终端可以为定位装置500,所述装置包括收发模块501和处理模块502。FIG5 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device structure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG5 , the terminal may be a positioning device 500 , and the device includes a transceiver module 501 and a processing module 502 .

在一些实施例中,所述收发模块501用于接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息;所述处理模块502用于基于所述第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述定位装置确定方向信息。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 501 is used to receive first configuration information sent by a second device; the processing module 502 is used to determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, and the first reference direction is used by the positioning device to determine direction information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message.

在一些实施例中,所述SLPP消息包括SLPP位置请求消息。In some embodiments, the SLPP message comprises a SLPP Location Request message.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:公共位置信息请求IE;侧边链路往返时延SL-RTT位置信息请求IE;或侧边链路到达角度SL-AOA位置信息请求IE。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link angle of arrival SL-AOA location information request IE.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示以下至少一项:参考坐标系统;或在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述参考坐标系统包括以下至少之一:全球坐标系统;或本地坐标系统。 In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system comprises at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述参考方向包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。In some embodiments, the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一坐标轴的方向包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;天顶Zenith方向。In some embodiments, the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; Zenith direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第二坐标轴包括以下至少之一:所述定位装置的径向轴;所述定位装置的横轴;所述定位装置的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In some embodiments, the second coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: a radial axis of the positioning device; a lateral axis of the positioning device; a vertical axis of the positioning device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统为基于以下至少一项构建的:所述定位装置中或所述定位装置外的参考点;所述定位装置的径向轴;所述定位装置的横轴;或所述定位装置的垂直轴。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of: a reference point in or outside the positioning device; a radial axis of the positioning device; a lateral axis of the positioning device; or a vertical axis of the positioning device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统包括静态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system comprises a static local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述收发模块501还用于向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述定位装置确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 501 is further used to send second configuration information to the second device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used when the positioning device determines direction information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述第二参考方向;或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括动态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction comprises a dynamic local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息包括:确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息。In some embodiments, sending the second configuration information to the second device includes: determining at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and sending the second configuration information to the second device.

在一些实施例中,所述收发模块501还用于向所述第二设备发送根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 501 is further configured to send the direction information determined according to the first reference direction to the second device.

需要说明的是,终端所包含的模块并不限于上述实施例所描述的模块,也可以包括其他模块,例如存储模块、显示模块等。It should be noted that the modules included in the terminal are not limited to the modules described in the above embodiments, and may also include other modules, such as a storage module, a display module, etc.

本公开的实施例还提出一种网络设备,包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述网络设备执行上述实施例所述的定位方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure further proposes a network device, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in the above embodiment.

图6是根据本公开的实施例示出的一种网络设备的装置结构示意框图。如图6所示,所述网络设备可以为定位装置600,所述装置包括收发模块601和处理模块602。FIG6 is a schematic block diagram of a device structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG6 , the network device may be a positioning device 600 , which includes a transceiver module 601 and a processing module 602 .

在一些实施例中,所述处理模块602用于确定第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向 信息;所述收发模块601用于向所述第一设备发送的所述第一配置信息。In some embodiments, the processing module 602 is used to determine first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine a direction Information; the transceiver module 601 is used to send the first configuration information to the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in a Side Link Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message.

在一些实施例中,所述SLPP消息包括SLPP位置请求消息。In some embodiments, the SLPP message comprises a SLPP Location Request message.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:公共位置信息请求IE;侧边链路往返时延SL-RTT位置信息请求IE;或侧边链路到达角度SL-AOA位置信息请求IE。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: a public location information request IE; a side link round trip time SL-RTT location information request IE; or a side link angle of arrival SL-AOA location information request IE.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示以下至少一项:参考坐标系统;或在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a reference coordinate system; or a reference direction under the reference coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述参考坐标系统包括以下至少之一:全球坐标系统;或本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system comprises at least one of: a global coordinate system; or a local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述参考方向包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。In some embodiments, the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第一坐标轴的方向包括以下至少之一:地理北;地理南;地理西;地理东;地磁北;地磁南;地磁西;地磁东;天顶Zenith方向。In some embodiments, the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: geographic north; geographic south; geographic west; geographic east; geomagnetic north; geomagnetic south; geomagnetic west; geomagnetic east; Zenith direction.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on a direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述第二坐标轴包括以下至少之一:所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;所述第一设备的垂直轴;所述本地坐标系统的x轴;所述本地坐标系统的y轴;所述本地坐标系统的z轴。In some embodiments, the second coordinate axis includes at least one of: a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; a vertical axis of the first device; an x-axis of the local coordinate system; a y-axis of the local coordinate system; or a z-axis of the local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统为基于以下至少一项构建的:所述第一设备中或所述第一设备外的参考点;所述第一设备的径向轴;所述第一设备的横轴;或所述第一设备的垂直轴。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of: a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; a radial axis of the first device; a lateral axis of the first device; or a vertical axis of the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the local coordinate system relative to a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述本地坐标系统包括静态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the local coordinate system comprises a static local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述收发模块601还用于从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述定位装置确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 601 is further used to receive second configuration information from the first device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the positioning apparatus to determine a second reference direction actually used when the first device determines direction information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述第二参考方向;或与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。In some embodiments, the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second reference direction; or a reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction.

在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information is further used to indicate a conversion parameter of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to a global coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括动态本地坐标系统。In some embodiments, the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction comprises a dynamic local coordinate system.

在一些实施例中,所述从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息包括:确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息。 In some embodiments, receiving the second configuration information from the first device includes: determining at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and receiving the second configuration information from the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述收发模块601还用于从所述第一设备接收根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 601 is further configured to receive, from the first device, the direction information determined according to the first reference direction.

需要说明的是,网络设备所包含的模块并不限于上述实施例所描述的模块,也可以包括其他模块,例如存储模块、显示模块等。It should be noted that the modules included in the network device are not limited to the modules described in the above embodiments, and may also include other modules, such as a storage module, a display module, etc.

对于装置实施例而言,由于其基本对应于方法实施例,所以相关之处参见方法实施例的部分说明即可。以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,其中,所述作为分离部件说明的模块可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为模块显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理模块,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络模块上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。本领域普通技术人员在不付出创造性劳动的情况下,即可以理解并实施。For the device embodiment, since it basically corresponds to the method embodiment, the relevant parts refer to the partial description of the method embodiment. The device embodiment described above is only schematic, wherein the modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network modules. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the scheme of this embodiment. Ordinary technicians in this field can understand and implement it without paying creative work.

本公开的实施例还提出一种通信设备,包括:一个或多个处理器;耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述处理器调用所述可执行指令以使得所述通信设备执行上述可选实施例所述的定位方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure also proposes a communication device, comprising: one or more processors; a memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor calls the executable instructions so that the communication device executes the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment.

本公开的实施例还提出一种通信系统,包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,所述第一设备被配置为实现上述可选实施例所述的定位方法,所述第二设备被配置为实现上述可选实施例所述的定位方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure further proposes a communication system, including a first device and a second device, wherein the first device is configured to implement the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment, and the second device is configured to implement the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment.

本公开的实施例还提出一种存储介质,所述存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令在通信设备上运行时,使得所述通信设备执行上述可选实施例所述的定位方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure further proposes a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the positioning method described in the above optional embodiment.

本公开实施例还提出用于实现以上任一方法的装置,例如,提出一装置,上述装置包括用以实现以上任一方法中终端所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。再如,还提出另一装置,包括用以实现以上任一方法中网络设备(例如接入网设备、核心网功能节点、核心网设备等)所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。The embodiments of the present disclosure also propose a device for implementing any of the above methods, for example, a device is proposed, the above device includes a unit or module for implementing each step performed by the terminal in any of the above methods. For another example, another device is also proposed, including a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (such as an access network device, a core network function node, a core network device, etc.) in any of the above methods.

应理解以上装置中各单元或模块的划分仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,在实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。此外,装置中的单元或模块可以以处理器调用软件的形式实现:例如装置包括处理器,处理器与存储器连接,存储器中存储有指令,处理器调用存储器中存储的指令,以实现以上任一方法或实现上述装置各单元或模块的功能,其中处理器例如为通用处理器,例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或微处理器,存储器为装置内的存储器或装置外的存储器。或者,装置中的单元或模块可以以硬件电路的形式实现,可以通过对硬件电路的设计实现部分或全部单元或模块的功能,上述硬件电路可以理解为一个或多个处理器;例如,在一种实现中,上述硬件电路为专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),通过对电路内元件逻辑关系的设计,实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能;再如,在另一种实现中,上述硬件电路为可以通过可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现,以现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)为例,其可以包括大量逻辑门电路,通过配置文件来配置逻辑门电路之间的连接关系,从而实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能。以上装置的所有单元或模块可以全部通过处理器调用软件的形式实现,或全部通过硬件电路的形式实现,或部分通过处理器调用软件的形式实现,剩余部分通过硬件电路的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of the units or modules in the above device is only a division of logical functions, which can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in actual implementation. In addition, the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or implement the functions of the units or modules of the above device, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device. Alternatively, the units or modules in the device may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits, and the functions of some or all of the units or modules may be implemented by designing the hardware circuits. The hardware circuits may be understood as one or more processors; for example, in one implementation, the hardware circuits are application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and the functions of some or all of the above units or modules may be implemented by designing the logical relationship of the components in the circuits; for another example, in another implementation, the hardware circuits may be implemented by programmable logic devices (PLDs), and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be used as an example, which may include a large number of logic gate circuits, and the connection relationship between the logic gate circuits may be configured by configuring the configuration files, thereby implementing the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. All units or modules of the above devices may be implemented in the form of software called by the processor, or in the form of hardware circuits, or in the form of software called by the processor, and the remaining part may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits.

在本公开实施例中,处理器是具有信号处理能力的电路,在一种实现中,处理器可以是具有指令读取与运行能力的电路,例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、微处理器、图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU)(可以理解为微处理器)、 或数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)等;在另一种实现中,处理器可以通过硬件电路的逻辑关系实现一定功能,上述硬件电路的逻辑关系是固定的或可以重构的,例如处理器为专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)或可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现的硬件电路,例如FPGA。在可重构的硬件电路中,处理器加载配置文档,实现硬件电路配置的过程,可以理解为处理器加载指令,以实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能的过程。此外,还可以是针对人工智能设计的硬件电路,其可以理解为ASIC,例如神经网络处理单元(Neural Network Processing Unit,NPU)、张量处理单元(Tensor Processing Unit,TPU)、深度学习处理单元(Deep learning Processing Unit,DPU)等。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the processor is a circuit with signal processing capability. In one implementation, the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capability, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which may be understood as a microprocessor), or digital signal processor (DSP), etc.; in another implementation, the processor can realize certain functions through the logical relationship of the hardware circuit, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuit is fixed or reconfigurable, such as the processor is a hardware circuit implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD), such as an FPGA. In a reconfigurable hardware circuit, the process of the processor loading the configuration document and implementing the hardware circuit configuration can be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to realize the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. In addition, it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as an ASIC, such as a neural network processing unit (NPU), a tensor processing unit (TPU), a deep learning processing unit (DPU), etc.

图7是本公开实施例提出的通信设备7100的结构示意图。通信设备7100可以是网络设备(例如接入网设备、核心网设备等),也可以是终端(例如用户设备等),也可以是支持网络设备实现以上任一方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等,还可以是支持终端实现以上任一方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。通信设备7100可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 7100 proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure. The communication device 7100 may be a network device (e.g., an access network device, a core network device, etc.), or a terminal (e.g., a user device, etc.), or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a network device to implement any of the above methods, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a terminal to implement any of the above methods. The communication device 7100 may be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment, and the details may refer to the description in the above method embodiment.

如图7所示,通信设备7100包括一个或多个处理器7101。处理器7101可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等,例如可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、基带芯片,终端设备、终端设备芯片,DU或CU等)进行控制,执行程序,处理程序的数据。处理器7101用于调用可执行指令以使得通信设备7100执行以上任一方法。As shown in FIG7 , the communication device 7100 includes one or more processors 7101. The processor 7101 may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor, for example, a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor may be used to process the communication protocol and the communication data, and the central processing unit may be used to control the communication device (such as a base station, a baseband chip, a terminal device, a terminal device chip, a DU or a CU, etc.), execute a program, and process the data of the program. The processor 7101 is used to call executable instructions so that the communication device 7100 executes any of the above methods.

在一些实施例中,通信设备7100还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器7102。可选地,全部或部分存储器7102也可以处于通信设备7100之外。In some embodiments, the communication device 7100 further includes one or more memories 7102 for storing instructions. Optionally, all or part of the memory 7102 may also be outside the communication device 7100.

在一些实施例中,通信设备7100还包括一个或多个收发器7103。在通信设备7100包括一个或多个收发器7103时,上述方法中的发送接收等通信步骤由收发器7103执行,其他步骤由处理器7101执行。In some embodiments, the communication device 7100 further includes one or more transceivers 7103. When the communication device 7100 includes one or more transceivers 7103, the communication steps such as sending and receiving in the above method are executed by the transceiver 7103, and the other steps are executed by the processor 7101.

在一些实施例中,收发器可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器和发送器可以是分离的,也可以集成在一起。可选地,收发器、收发单元、收发机、收发电路等术语可以相互替换,发送器、发送单元、发送机、发送电路等术语可以相互替换,接收器、接收单元、接收机、接收电路等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver and the transmitter may be separate or integrated. Optionally, the terms such as transceiver, transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, the terms such as transmitter, transmission unit, transmitter, transmission circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, and the terms such as receiver, receiving unit, receiver, receiving circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other.

可选地,通信设备7100还包括一个或多个接口电路7104,接口电路7104与存储器7102连接,接口电路7104可用于从存储器7102或其他装置接收信号,可用于向存储器7102或其他装置发送信号。例如,接口电路7104可读取存储器7102中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器7101。Optionally, the communication device 7100 further includes one or more interface circuits 7104, which are connected to the memory 7102. The interface circuit 7104 can be used to receive signals from the memory 7102 or other devices, and can be used to send signals to the memory 7102 or other devices. For example, the interface circuit 7104 can read instructions stored in the memory 7102 and send the instructions to the processor 7101.

以上实施例描述中的通信设备7100可以是网络设备或者终端,但本公开中描述的通信设备7100的范围并不限于此,通信设备7100的结构可以不受图7的限制。通信设备可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信设备可以是:1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选地,上述IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,程序的存储部件;(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(Modem);(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(5)接收机、终端设备、智能终端设备、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(6)其他等等。The communication device 7100 described in the above embodiments may be a network device or a terminal, but the scope of the communication device 7100 described in the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device 7100 may not be limited by FIG. 7. The communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device. For example, the communication device may be: 1) an independent integrated circuit IC, or a chip, or a chip system or subsystem; (2) a collection of one or more ICs, optionally, the above IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and programs; (3) an ASIC, such as a modem; (4) a module that can be embedded in other devices; (5) a receiver, a terminal device, an intelligent terminal device, a cellular phone, a wireless device, a handheld device, a mobile unit, a vehicle-mounted device, a network device, a cloud device, an artificial intelligence device, etc.; (6) others, etc.

图8是本公开实施例提出的芯片8200的结构示意图。对于通信设备7100可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况,可以参见图8所示的芯片8200的结构示意图,但不限于此。 Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip 8200 provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure. In the case where the communication device 7100 may be a chip or a chip system, reference may be made to the schematic diagram of the structure of the chip 8200 shown in Fig. 8, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.

芯片8200包括一个或多个处理器8201,处理器8201用于调用可执行指令以使得芯片8200执行以上任一方法。The chip 8200 includes one or more processors 8201, and the processor 8201 is used to call executable instructions so that the chip 8200 executes any of the above methods.

在一些实施例中,芯片8200还包括一个或多个接口电路8202,接口电路8202与存储器8203连接,接口电路8202可以用于从存储器8203或其他装置接收信号,接口电路8202可用于向存储器。In some embodiments, the chip 8200 further includes one or more interface circuits 8202, and the interface circuit 8202 is connected to the memory 8203. The interface circuit 8202 can be used to receive signals from the memory 8203 or other devices, and the interface circuit 8202 can be used to send signals to the memory.

8203或其他装置发送信号。例如,接口电路8202可读取存储器8203中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器8201。可选地,接口电路、接口、收发管脚、收发器等术语可以相互替换。8203 or other devices to send signals. For example, the interface circuit 8202 can read the instructions stored in the memory 8203 and send the instructions to the processor 8201. Optionally, the terms such as interface circuit, interface, transceiver pin, transceiver, etc. can be replaced with each other.

在一些实施例中,芯片8200还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器8203。可选地,全部或部分存储器8203可以处于芯片8200之外。In some embodiments, the chip 8200 further includes one or more memories 8203 for storing instructions. Optionally, all or part of the memory 8203 may be outside the chip 8200.

本公开还提出存储介质,上述存储介质上存储有指令,当上述指令在通信设备7100上运行时,使得通信设备7100执行以上任一方法。可选地,上述存储介质是电子存储介质。可选地,上述存储介质是计算机可读存储介质,但不限于此,其也可以是其他装置可读的存储介质。可选地,上述存储介质可以是非暂时性(non-transitory)存储介质,但不限于此,其也可以是暂时性存储介质。The present disclosure also proposes a storage medium, on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed on the communication device 7100, the communication device 7100 executes any of the above methods. Optionally, the storage medium is an electronic storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a storage medium readable by other devices. Optionally, the storage medium can be a non-transitory storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a temporary storage medium.

本公开还提出程序产品,上述程序产品被通信设备7100执行时,使得通信设备7100执行以上任一方法。可选地,上述程序产品是计算机程序产品。The present disclosure also proposes a program product, which, when executed by the communication device 7100, enables the communication device 7100 to execute any of the above methods. Optionally, the program product is a computer program product.

本公开还提出计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行以上任一方法。 The present disclosure also proposes a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the above methods.

Claims (47)

一种定位方法,其特征在于,由第一设备执行,包括:A positioning method, characterized in that it is performed by a first device and includes: 接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。First configuration information sent by a second device is received, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中。The method according to claim 1 is characterized in that the first configuration information is contained in a Side Link Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SLPP消息包括SLPP位置请求消息。The method according to claim 2 is characterized in that the SLPP message includes a SLPP location request message. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: 公共位置信息请求IE;Public location information request IE; 侧边链路往返时延SL-RTT位置信息请求IE;或Side Link Round Trip Time SL-RTT Location Information Request IE; or 侧边链路到达角度SL-AOA位置信息请求IE。Side link angle of arrival SL-AOA position information request IE. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息用于指示以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: 参考坐标系统;或a reference coordinate system; or 在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向。The reference direction in the reference coordinate system. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考坐标系统包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the reference coordinate system includes at least one of the following: 全球坐标系统;或Global coordinate system; or 本地坐标系统。Local coordinate system. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考方向包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。The method according to claim 6 is characterized in that the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向确定。The method according to claim 6 or 7 is characterized in that the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一坐标轴的方向包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: 地理北;Geographic North; 地理南;Geographic South; 地理西;Geography West; 地理东;Geography East; 地磁北;Magnetic North; 地磁南;Magnetic south; 地磁西;geomagnetic west; 地磁东;geomagnetic east; 天顶Zenith方向。Zenith direction. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向确定。The method according to claim 6 or 7 is characterized in that the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二坐标轴包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the second coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: 所述第一设备的径向轴;a radial axis of the first device; 所述第一设备的横轴;a transverse axis of the first device; 所述第一设备的垂直轴;a vertical axis of the first device; 所述本地坐标系统的x轴;The x-axis of the local coordinate system; 所述本地坐标系统的y轴;The y-axis of the local coordinate system; 所述本地坐标系统的z轴。The z-axis of the local coordinate system. 根据权利要求6或7或10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述本地坐标系统 为基于以下至少一项构建的:The method according to claim 6 or 7 or 10 or 11, characterized in that the local coordinate system Based on at least one of the following: 所述第一设备中或所述第一设备外的参考点;a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; 所述第一设备的径向轴;a radial axis of the first device; 所述第一设备的横轴;或a transverse axis of the first device; or 所述第一设备的垂直轴。The vertical axis of the first device. 根据权利要求10-12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。The method according to any one of claims 10-12 is characterized in that the first configuration information is also used to indicate a conversion parameter of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述本地坐标系统包括静态本地坐标系统。The method of claim 13, wherein the local coordinate system comprises a static local coordinate system. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。Second configuration information is sent to the second device, where the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第二参考方向;或the second reference direction; or 与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。A reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。The method according to claim 16 is characterized in that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information is also used to indicate conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括动态本地坐标系统。The method according to claim 17 is characterized in that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system. 根据权利要求15-18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein sending the second configuration information to the second device comprises: 确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,向所述第二设备发送第二配置信息。Determine at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and send the second configuration information to the second device. 根据权利要求1-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 19, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第二设备发送根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息。The direction information determined according to the first reference direction is sent to the second device. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,由第二设备执行,包括:A positioning method, characterized in that it is performed by a second device and includes: 向第一设备发送的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息。First configuration information is sent to a first device, wherein the first configuration information is used by the first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包含在侧边链路定位协议SLPP消息中。The method according to claim 21 is characterized in that the first configuration information is contained in a Side Link Positioning Protocol (SLPP) message. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SLPP消息包括SLPP位置请求消息。The method according to claim 22 is characterized in that the SLPP message includes a SLPP location request message. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包含在所述SLPP位置请求消息的以下至少一个信元IE中:The method according to claim 23, characterized in that the first configuration information is included in at least one of the following information elements IE of the SLPP location request message: 公共位置信息请求IE;Public location information request IE; 侧边链路往返时延SL-RTT位置信息请求IE;或Side Link Round Trip Time SL-RTT Location Information Request IE; or 侧边链路到达角度SL-AOA位置信息请求IE。Side link angle of arrival SL-AOA position information request IE. 根据权利要求21-24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息用于指示以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 24, characterized in that the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: 参考坐标系统;或a reference coordinate system; or 在所述参考坐标系统下的参考方向。The reference direction in the reference coordinate system. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考坐标系统包括以下至少之一: The method according to claim 25, characterized in that the reference coordinate system includes at least one of the following: 全球坐标系统;或Global coordinate system; or 本地坐标系统。Local coordinate system. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考方向包括水平面参考方向和/或垂直面参考方向。The method according to claim 26 is characterized in that the reference direction includes a horizontal plane reference direction and/or a vertical plane reference direction. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息用于指示全球坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述全球坐标系统的第一坐标轴的方向确定。The method according to claim 26 or 27 is characterized in that the first configuration information is used to indicate a global coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a first coordinate axis of the global coordinate system. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一坐标轴的方向包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the direction of the first coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: 地理北;Geographic North; 地理南;Geographic South; 地理西;Geography West; 地理东;Geography East; 地磁北;Magnetic North; 地磁南;Magnetic south; 地磁西;geomagnetic west; 地磁东;geomagnetic east; 天顶Zenith方向。Zenith direction. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息用于指示本地坐标系统,其中,所述第一参考方向基于所述本地坐标系统的第二坐标轴的方向确定。The method according to claim 26 or 27 is characterized in that the first configuration information is used to indicate a local coordinate system, wherein the first reference direction is determined based on the direction of a second coordinate axis of the local coordinate system. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二坐标轴包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 30, characterized in that the second coordinate axis includes at least one of the following: 所述第一设备的径向轴;a radial axis of the first device; 所述第一设备的横轴;a transverse axis of the first device; 所述第一设备的垂直轴;a vertical axis of the first device; 所述本地坐标系统的x轴;The x-axis of the local coordinate system; 所述本地坐标系统的y轴;The y-axis of the local coordinate system; 所述本地坐标系统的z轴。The z-axis of the local coordinate system. 根据权利要求26或27或30或31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述本地坐标系统为基于以下至少一项构建的:The method according to claim 26 or 27 or 30 or 31, characterized in that the local coordinate system is constructed based on at least one of the following: 所述第一设备中或所述第一设备外的参考点;a reference point in the first device or outside the first device; 所述第一设备的径向轴;a radial axis of the first device; 所述第一设备的横轴;或a transverse axis of the first device; or 所述第一设备的垂直轴。The vertical axis of the first device. 根据权利要求30-32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述本地坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。The method according to any one of claims 30-32 is characterized in that the first configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the local coordinate system relative to the global coordinate system. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述本地坐标系统包括静态本地坐标系统。The method of claim 33, wherein the local coordinate system comprises a static local coordinate system. 根据权利要求31-34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 31 to 34, characterized in that the method further comprises: 从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于所述第二设备确定所述第一设备确定方向信息时实际使用的第二参考方向。Second configuration information is received from the first device, wherein the second configuration information is used by the second device to determine a second reference direction actually used by the first device when determining direction information. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息用于指示以下至少之一:The method according to claim 35, characterized in that the second configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第二参考方向;或the second reference direction; or 与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统。 A reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括本地坐标系统,所述第二配置信息还用于指示与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统相对于全球坐标系统的转换参数。The method according to claim 36 is characterized in that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a local coordinate system, and the second configuration information is also used to indicate the conversion parameters of the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction relative to the global coordinate system. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述与所述第二参考方向对应的参考坐标系统包括动态本地坐标系统。The method according to claim 37 is characterized in that the reference coordinate system corresponding to the second reference direction includes a dynamic local coordinate system. 根据权利要求35-38中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein receiving second configuration information from the first device comprises: 确定所述第二配置信息所指示的至少一项信息变更,从所述第一设备接收第二配置信息。Determine at least one information change indicated by the second configuration information, and receive second configuration information from the first device. 根据权利要求21-39中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 39, characterized in that the method further comprises: 从所述第一设备接收根据所述第一参考方向确定的所述方向信息。The direction information determined according to the first reference direction is received from the first device. 一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括:A positioning device, characterized in that it comprises: 收发模块,用于接收第二设备发送的第一配置信息;A transceiver module, used to receive first configuration information sent by a second device; 处理模块,用于基于所述第一配置信息确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述定位装置确定方向信息。A processing module is used to determine a first reference direction based on the first configuration information, where the first reference direction is used by the positioning device to determine direction information. 一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括:A positioning device, characterized in that it comprises: 处理模块,用于确定第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信息用于第一设备确定第一参考方向,所述第一参考方向用于所述第一设备确定方向信息;A processing module, configured to determine first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is used by a first device to determine a first reference direction, and the first reference direction is used by the first device to determine direction information; 收发模块,用于向所述第一设备发送的所述第一配置信息。A transceiver module is used to send the first configuration information to the first device. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, characterized by comprising: 一个或多个处理器;one or more processors; 耦合于所述处理器的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述终端执行权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位方法、和/或权利要求21-40中任一项所述的定位方法。A memory coupled to the processor, wherein executable instructions are stored in the memory, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the terminal executes the positioning method described in any one of claims 1-20 and/or the positioning method described in any one of claims 21-40. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising: 一个或多个处理器;one or more processors; 耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述网络设备执行权利要求21-40中任一项所述的定位方法。A memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the network device executes the positioning method described in any one of claims 21-40. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising: 一个或多个处理器;one or more processors; 耦合于所述处理器上的存储器,所述存储器上存储有可执行指令,其中所述可执行指令在被所述处理器执行时,使所述处理器调用所述可执行指令以使得所述通信设备执行权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位方法、和/或权利要求21-40中任一项所述的定位方法。A memory coupled to the processor, wherein the memory stores executable instructions, wherein when the executable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor calls the executable instructions so that the communication device executes the positioning method described in any one of claims 1-20 and/or the positioning method described in any one of claims 21-40. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,所述第一设备被配置为实现权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位方法,所述第二设备被配置为实现权利要求21-40中任一项所述的定位方法。A communication system, characterized in that it includes a first device and a second device, wherein the first device is configured to implement the positioning method described in any one of claims 1-20, and the second device is configured to implement the positioning method described in any one of claims 21-40. 一种存储介质,所述存储介质存储有指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在通信设备上运行时,使得所述通信设备执行权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位方法、和/或权利要求21-40中任一项所述的定位方法。 A storage medium storing instructions, characterized in that when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the positioning method described in any one of claims 1-20 and/or the positioning method described in any one of claims 21-40.
PCT/CN2023/117881 2023-09-08 2023-09-08 Positioning method, and terminal, network device and storage medium Pending WO2025050413A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/117881 WO2025050413A1 (en) 2023-09-08 2023-09-08 Positioning method, and terminal, network device and storage medium
CN202380011087.XA CN117441393A (en) 2023-09-08 2023-09-08 Positioning methods, terminals, network equipment and storage media

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/117881 WO2025050413A1 (en) 2023-09-08 2023-09-08 Positioning method, and terminal, network device and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025050413A1 true WO2025050413A1 (en) 2025-03-13

Family

ID=89552115

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/117881 Pending WO2025050413A1 (en) 2023-09-08 2023-09-08 Positioning method, and terminal, network device and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117441393A (en)
WO (1) WO2025050413A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021031714A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 华为技术有限公司 Relative angle-based positioning method and apparatus
CN115334527A (en) * 2021-05-11 2022-11-11 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Positioning method, positioning device and processor-readable storage medium
CN115623584A (en) * 2021-07-12 2023-01-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measuring method, device, communication device, storage medium and system

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021031714A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 华为技术有限公司 Relative angle-based positioning method and apparatus
CN115334527A (en) * 2021-05-11 2022-11-11 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Positioning method, positioning device and processor-readable storage medium
CN115623584A (en) * 2021-07-12 2023-01-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measuring method, device, communication device, storage medium and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117441393A (en) 2024-01-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230308924A1 (en) Measurement method, terminal device, and network device
WO2025020142A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN117121619A (en) Access method, terminal, access network device and storage medium
WO2025015536A1 (en) Sidelink (sl) positioning method and apparatus, communication device, communication system and storage medium
WO2025015524A1 (en) Positioning method, access network device, core network device, and terminal
WO2025030327A1 (en) Information determination method, network element, and terminal
WO2025050413A1 (en) Positioning method, and terminal, network device and storage medium
WO2025010746A1 (en) Interference measurement methods, terminal, network device, communication device and storage medium
WO2025065695A1 (en) Information indication method and terminal
WO2025050412A1 (en) Message transceiving method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
WO2025129512A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
WO2025025185A1 (en) Information sending method, information receiving method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2025060108A1 (en) Information processing method, and device and storage medium
CN121080067A (en) Positioning measurement configuration method, terminal, network equipment and storage medium
WO2025086175A1 (en) Request sending method, request receiving method, and storage medium
WO2025129453A1 (en) Positioning method, apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025086166A1 (en) Positioning measurement methods, apparatus, device, communication system, and storage medium
WO2025054977A1 (en) Positioning method, positioning testing method, terminal, and network device
WO2025156219A1 (en) Information sending method and apparatus, information receiving method and apparatus, terminal, network device, and storage medium
WO2025065458A1 (en) Resource configuration methods, access network devices, core network devices and terminals
WO2024093939A1 (en) Signal configuration method and system and communication apparatus
WO2024234388A1 (en) Resource determination method and apparatus, communication device, communication system, and storage medium
WO2025166557A1 (en) Cell determination method and apparatus
WO2025199902A1 (en) Model training method, communication device, and storage medium
CN117203987A (en) Communication method, network function, core network device, communication system, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23951232

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1